The Ultimate Golf Day Guide 2018 by Golf News

T H E B E S T S O C I E T Y & C O R P O R AT E D AY V E N U E S

golfdayguide.com

DUSTIN JOHNSON GOLF'S WORLD NUMBER 1

Big Bang Unico Carbon. Carbon case. UNICO column-wheel chronograph. In-house Hublot movement. 72-hour power reserve. Interchangeable rubber strap by a unique attachment system.

BOUTIQUES GENÈVE • PARIS • LONDON • BERLIN • NEW YORK MIAMI • BEVERLY HILLS • LAS VEGAS MOSCOW • DUBAI • TOKYO • HONG KONG SINGAPORE • SAINT-TROPEZ • CANNES COURCHEVEL • ZERMATT • ZÜRICH

hublot.com 2

A WARM WELCOME F O R E W O R D B Y N I C K B AY LY, E D I TO R , G O L F N E W S

Welcome to the biggest and most comprehensive Ultimate

the tested golf day formats of individual 18-hole Stableford

Golf Day Guide that we’ve ever produced.

competitions.

Showcasing many of the UK’s finest clubs and courses in a

Golf clubs are extremely flexible about golf day formats these

new, larger A4 format, this indispensible full-colour guide

days, so staggered start times followed by a rolling buffet is

provides all the information you’ll need to make your golf day

a sensible option to avoid players having to wait too long for

a roaring success.

dinner, although with so many clubs able to offer shotgun starts, it is no surprise that the more formal sit-down lunch or dinner is still a preferred option for many golf days.

Among details included are up-to-date prices and packages for societies and visitors, clubhouse facilities, tee time restrictions, comprehensive directions and local accommodation tips,

Pre- and post-golf entertainment is also very much part of

as well as detailed descriptions of all the layouts, which are

what goes into creating a memorable day. From trick shot

brought to life with superb full-colour photographs.

shows to amusing after-dinner speakers and sleight-ofhand magicians, what happens off the course can be just

So what makes a memorable golf day in 2018? Apart from

as important as events on the course. Having the whole

breaking 70 and coming home with a bagful of prizes, there

day filmed by a professional production company is also a

are several key elements that add up to a successful day out.

relatively new twist, with golfers able to watch themselves in

Clearly, a key factor is the choice of venue. Typically, golf days

action on the day, while a decent photographer will also help

feature a wide spectrum of skill levels, from the very good

to create memories that last much longer than a round of golf.

club player to the once-a-year golfer who doesn’t have a handicap, so playing off the appropriate tees is key to keeping

Prizes also offer an opportunity to stand out. Golf equipment

the emphasis on fun. Golf day organisers need to be aware

and luxury luggage always goes down well with competition

of the type of golfers they are inviting to their day, so that

winners, but then do so experience days, golf holiday

everyone gets maximum enjoyment, and doesn’t run out of

vouchers, and, of course, magnums of Champagne –

that free sleeve of golf balls from the goody bag in the first

especially when you return home. Obviously, cost is a factor,

few holes.

but creative gifts and prizes can really set the tone for the day.

Another factor in the success or failure of a golf day is pace

So my advice is to think outside the box when organising your

of play, something all golfers, whether they be club amateurs

golf days in 2018. Don’t follow the same old formulas, but

or tour pros, are becoming increasingly focused on. Some

think about adding fun and how your can freshen things up to

of the most enjoyable golf days I’ve played in have not been

make it memorable for all the right reasons.

dawn to dusk affairs. Nowadays, who can spare that sort of time away from work, family or home commitments? Nine-hole

The Ultimate Golf Day Guide will certainly help with your choice

Texas Scrambles and foursomes are all viable alternatives to

of venue, but the rest is up to you and your imagination.

HAPPY GOLFING!

THE OXFORDSHIRE P.94

CONTENTS FOREWORD

KENT 36

BERKSHIRE, BUCKINGHAMSHIRE AND OXFORDSHIRE

CANTERBURY

BICESTER

CHART HILLS

BIRD HILLS

CHISLEHURST

BUCKINGHAMSHIRE

HEVER CASTLE

40 & 41

THE DARENTH

SURREY ADDINGTON

BETCHWORTH PARK

CHIPSTEAD

CHOBHAM

EFFINGHAM

EPSOM

FARLEIGH

FOXHILLS

KINGSWOOD

MITCHAM

PUTTENHAM

ROYAL MID SURREY

SELSDON PARK

SHIRLEY PARK

SILVERMERE

SURREY NATIONAL

SUTTON GREEN

28 & 29

TWISTED STONE

WOLDINGHAM

MACHYNYS P.196

BOUGHTON

ETCHINGHILL LYDD

34 & 35

BURHAM BEECHES

CALCOT PARK

CAVERSHAM HEATH

LEEDS CASTLE

44 & 45

DOWNSHIRE

LITTLESTONE

46 & 47

HARLEYFORD

LONDON GOLF CLUB

48 & 49

FRILFORD HEATH

NORTH FORELAND

90 & 91

HENLEY

PEDHAM PLACE

KIRTLINGTON

POULT WOOD

OXFORDSHIRE

REDLIBBETS

READING

ROCHESTER & COBHAM

SOUTH BUCKINGHAMSHIRE

SWEETWOODS PARK

STUDLEY WOOD

THE RIDGE

STOKE PARK

WEALD OF KENT

TEMPLE

WEST KENT

WEST MALLING

HAMPSHIRE

WESTERHAM

ALRESFORD

HERTFORDSHIRE AND MIDDLESEX BUSH HILL PARK

98 & 99 100

102

BLACKMOOR

103

BOUNDARY LAKES

104

BRAMSHAW

105

BROCKENHURST MANOR

106

CORHAMPTON

107

HARTSBOURNE

64 & 65

HARTLEY WINTNEY

108

MOOR PARK

66 & 67

HANBURY MANOR

HAYLING

109

MANOR OF GROVES

MEON VALLEY

110

PINNER HILL

NORTH HANTS

111

SANDFORD SPRINGS

112

PANSHANGER

70 & 71

PORTERS PARK

STONEHAM

113

SANDY LODGE

TYLNEY PARK

114

SHENDISH MANOR

WATERLOOVILLE

115

STEVENAGE

HOCKLEY

116

VERALUM

WELWYN GARDEN CITY THE GROVE LEEDS CASTLE P.44 & 45

WYKE GREEN 4

77 78 & 79 80

SUSSEX COPTHORNE

118

COTTESMORE

119

NOTTS (HOLLINWELL) P.176 & 177

DALE HILL

120

GOLF AT GOODWOOD (Park)

121

PUBLISHED BY

GOLF AT GOODWOOD (Downs) 122 & 123 HOLTYE

124

IFIELD

125

LITTLEHAMPTON

126

ROOKWOOD

127

SLINFOLD PARK

128

EMAIL: guide@golfnews.co.uk WEBSITE: golfdayguide.com TELEPHONE: 01273 381794

ESSEX AND EAST ANGLIA BENTLEY

PUBLISHER MATT NICHOLSON matt@golfnews.co.uk

130

GREAT YARMOUTH & CAISTER 131 SPROWSTON MANOR

ASSOCIATE PUBLISHER RICHARD MAUNDER richard@golfnews.co.uk

132

ROYAL NORWICH

133

UFFORD PARK

134

WARREN

135

WOODDRIDGE

136

THE WEST AND SOUTH WEST ASHLEY WOOD

138

BOVEY CASTLE

139

BOWOOD PARK

140

BLACKMOOR P.103

EDITOR NICK BAYLY editor@golfnews.co.uk

TORQUAY

158

THE NORTH

TRETHORNE

159

BRADFORD

WESTONBIRT

160

GEORGE WASHINGTON

185

WEYMOUTH

161

HARROGATE

186

WRAG BARN

162

MATFEN HALL SHARPLEY SPRINGS

MIDLANDS 164

184

187 188 & 189

WALES

BRICKHAMPTON

141

ABBEY HOTEL

CAME DOWN

142

BANK HOUSE HOTEL (Bransford) 165

CELTIC MANOR

194

CRICKET ST THOMAS

143

BEESTON FIELDS

166

CONWY

195

CUMBERWELL

144

BLOXWICH

167

MACHYNYS

196

FARRINGTON PARK

145

BULWELL

168

ST MELLONS

197

FERNDOWN

146

THE BELFRY

169

THE VALE

198

KENDLESHIRE

147

CHILWELL

170

LANHYDROCK

148

COLLINGTREE PARK

171

LAUNCESTON

149

FOREST OF ARDEN

172

SCOTLAND

HELLIDON LAKES

173

CRAIGIELAW

200

ORCHARDLEIGH

151

KILTON FOREST

174

CRAIGMILLAR PARK

201

PLAYERS CLUB

152

NAILCOTE HALL

175

DUNDONALD

202

POINT AT POLZEATH

153

NOTTS (Hollinwell)

KILSPINDIE

203

RUSHMORE

154

RADCLIFFE ON TRENT

SALISBURY & SOUTH WILTS

155

ST MELLION

156

STOVER

157

178

FAIRMONT ST ANDREWS 204 & 205

THE LEICESTERSHIRE

179

LONGNIDDRY

THE NOTTINGHAMSHIRE

180

TORWOODLEE

207

WHITTLEBURY PARK

181

GOLF PERTHSHIRE

208

PRODUCTION KATH PERRY ads@golfnews.co.uk ART EDITOR DARREN KIRK darren-kirk@btconnect.com FRONT COVER IMAGE Gleneagles PGA Centenary Course Taken by Harry Williams (Getty Images) BACK COVER IMAGE The Grove, Herfordshire Special thanks Tom Showler (Rocketbase)

MANOR HOUSE & ASHBURY HOTEL 150

176 & 177

SALES EXECUTIVE COLIN WILSON colin@golfnews.co.uk

206

PLEASE NOTE Please mention this guide when booking your golf day. Printed in the UK, copyright 2017. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced with the prior permission of the publisher.

PAY FOR YOURSELF

HELPING YOU GET BACK INTO THE SWING OF THINGS At BMI Mount Alvernia Hospital in Guildford we want to help you get back to what you love best. We offer: n Fast access to diagnosis and treatment n Experienced Consultant surgeons n Imaging services including: MRI, Ultrasounds and X-Ray n Specialties include: Neurosurgery, Spinal Surgeons, Oncology, Orthopaedics, General Surgery, Urology, Gynaecology and tailored services from Chartered Physiotherapists plus AlterG Anti-Gravity treadmill to enhance rehabilitation n Fixed price packages for patients wishing to pay for themselves so there are no worries about unexpected bills.

For further information call 0808 101 0355 or visit www.bmihealthcare.co.uk/pay-for-yourself BMI Card is a credit facility offered by BMI Healthcare Limited, BMI Healthcare House, 3 Paris Garden, London, SE1 8ND. 0% interest for 12 months then 0.79% per month, representative 9.9% APR variable. Up to £20,000 available (subject to status). Monthly repayment 5% of balance or £25 whichever is greater or balance if lower than £25.

Serious about health. Passionate about care.

BMI CARD st

ans

sts

pl 8

t dt re at men

EALTHCA Get better sooner

EALTHCA IH

ng W i tin g a

Ta i

t A cc ess

Fas

EALTHCA IH

Why go private at BMI Mount Alvernia Hospital?

ur Min d At

STILL WAITING FOR TREATMENT? Donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t wait, pay for your own private treatment.

We work with all major private health insurers, including:

We recommend that patients with private health insurance call their insurer to check that their care and treatment is covered before beginning treatment. 6339 0467 MKT ADV / L07.2016

INSIDE

JOHN JACOBS TRIBUTE TO A GOLFING LEGEND NICK DOUGHERTY FROM TOUR PRO TO TV PUNDIT EQUIPMENT CALLAWAY AND PING LAUNCH NEW GEAR DISTANCE IRONS SHOWCASE

ANDREW ‘BEEF’ JOHNSTON SCOTTY CAMERON CHARLEY HULL ALEX NOREN WINTER GEAR COMPETITION GOLF TRAVEL TENERIFE MEXICO & DAYTONA BEACH

ISSUE 262 | MARCH 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

INSIDE TYRRELL HATTON NEW COLUMN COLIN MONTGOMERIE MY NEW LEASE OF LIFE NICK FALDO: MY MASTERS MEMORIES EQUIPMENT THE MAN BEHIND THE EPIC DRIVER DRIVER SHOWCASE

INTERVIEWS

COMPLIMENTARY COPY Est 1994

SERGIO GARCIA BRANDON STONE CHUBBY CHANDLER

COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Est 1994

TRAVEL

MAJOR AMBITION

POULTER EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

RORY EYES UP 2017'S TOP PRIZES

“THAT WAS THE WORST YEAR OF MY LIFE”

THE UK’S NO.1 GOLF NEWSPAPER

ISSUE 261 | FEBRUARY 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

THE UK’S NO.1 GOLF NEWSPAPER

ISSUE 260 | DEC/JAN 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

SARAH STIRK VISITS DUBAI GOLF IN MICHIGAN WIN A LINKS GOLF BREAK CELEBRITY ME & MY TRAVELS

DANNY WILLETT EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW

TWO GREEN JACKETS? P48-49 INTERVIEWS

ALEX NOREN THOMAS PIETERS HIDEKI MATSUYAMA

ISSUE 263 | APRIL 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

ISSUE 265 | JUNE 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

THE UK’S NO.1 GOLF NEWSPAPER

INSIDE

GOLF IN THE WEST COUNTRY SUPPLEMENT SARAH STIRK VISITS TAMPA WIN A SET OF WILSON STAFF WOODS & IRONS ALSO WILL GREENWOOD MARCO PENGE AND MUCH MORE

INSIDE

TYRRELL HATTON COLUMN SAWGRASS COMES TO LONDON

OPEN PREVIEW TYRRELL HATTON COLUMN

INTERVIEWS

NICOLAS COLSAERTS JON RAHM TOMMY FLEETWOOD

TRAVEL

WIN A BREAK TO MALLORCA HAZEL IRVINE & SARAH STIRK GOLF IN ILLINOIS

INTERVIEWS

BROOKS KOEPKA ALVARO QUIROS ANTHONY WALL

COMPLIMENTARY COPY Est 1994

SERGIO INTERVIEW

D I G I TA L golfnews.co.uk

HENRIK

STENSON

“ BIRKDALE IS ONE OF MY FAVOURITES AND I WANT TO KEEP HOLD OF MY CLARET JUG” THE UK’S NO.1 GOLF NEWSPAPER

ISSUE 266 | JULY 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | INSTAGRAM: GOLFNEWSMAGAZINE | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

ISSUE 268 | SEPTEMBER 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | INSTAGRAM: GOLFNEWSMAGAZINE | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

INTERVIEWS

GOLF IN IRELAND SUPPLEMENT SOTOGRANDE GOLF ON THE GREAT LAKES SICILY FEATURE ANDREW STRAUSS ON GOLF TRAVEL SARAH STIRK

MIGUEL ÁNGEL JIMÉNEZ JORDAN SMITH MEL REID +TYRRELL HATTON COLUMN

JORDAN SPIETH IAN WOOSNAM ALFIE PLANT TOBY TREE ALEX LEVY TYRRELL HATTON COLUMN

TRAVEL

+ EQUIPMENT

ALL THE LATEST GEAR

Est 1994

COMPLIMENTARY COPY

PING LAUNCH NEW RANGE GPS WATCHES & RANGEFINDERS

INTERVIEWS BERNARD GALLACHER RICHARD BLAND BERNHARD LANGER PADRAIG HARRINGTON

+ TYRRELL

HATTON COLUMN

GOLF IN WALES SUPPLEMENT LISBON’S BLUE COAST RONAN KEATING ON GOLF TRAVEL SARAH STIRK COLUMN

Est 1994

COMPLIMENTARY COPY

LADIES SUPPLEMENT LAURA DAVIES ANNABEL DIMMOCK

WESTY LEE WESTWOOD ON HOSTING THIS YEAR'S BRITISH

MASTERS

EQUIPMENT

"My sights are set on winning the Race to Dubai"

COMPETITIONS WIN A FOURBALL AT WOBURN | WIN A BREAK TO SPAIN

MEET THE MAN BEHIND CALLAWAY GOLF ALL THE LATEST GEAR WIN A CUSTOM FITTED LYNX DRIVER

THE UK’S NO.1 GOLF NEWSPAPER

ISSUE 267 | AUGUST 2017 | TWITTER: @GOLFNEWSMAG | INSTAGRAM: GOLFNEWSMAGAZINE | WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK

TRAVEL

EQUIPMENT

MASTERS CHAMPION ON HIS LONG-AWAITED BREAKTHROUGH

THE UK’S NO.1 GOLF NEWSPAPER

Est 1994

WHERE TO STAY & PLAY TIM HENMAN WIN A GOLF BREAK

ONLINE

BMW PGA CHAMPIONSHIP PREVIEW PLUS WIN TICKETS POWER TROLLEY SHOWCASE TRY THE NEW CALLAWAY CHROME SOFT FOR FREE MASTERS REVIEW

COMPLIMENTARY COPY

ALL THE LATEST GEAR EQUIPMENT NEWS MALLETT PUTTERS

COMPETITIONS

WIN A BREAK TO WILTSHIRE WIN £250 LADIES WARDROBE

FOCUS ON CHARLESTON NORTH EAST ITALY ROBBIE FOWLER ON GOLF TRAVEL SARAH STIRK COLUMN ENGLAND’S LARGEST GOLF RESORT REVIEWED

Est 1994

COMPLIMENTARY COPY

COMPETITION WIN A BREAK TO SPAIN WIN CALLAWAY APPAREL

EQUIPMENT

WEDGE SHOWCASE CLEVELAND & MIZUNO IN PROFILE

BJØRN BJ LEADER EXCLUSIVE INTERVIEW WITH OUR RYDER CUP CAPTAIN

SURREY

THE ADDINGTON GOLF CLUB 205 SHIRLEY CHURCH ROAD | CROYDON | SURREY | CR0 5AB Currently ranked at 27 in Golf World’s Top 100 Courses England,

the magnificent pine trees that are a feature of the course, The

The Addington is the flagship course in The Altonwood Group’s

Addington presents a golfing experience you will not forget.

portfolio.

A par 69, 6,300 yard course, affording expansive views of

With a rich and interesting history, The Addington was designed

the metropolis from hilltop tees like those at the 14th and 16th,

by JF Abercromby in 1913 and first opened for play in 1919, soon

The Addington’s fairways wander through mature pine and

becoming a favourite of the rich and famous. Reaching its heyday

birch trees to create a feeling of intimacy in stark contrast to the

in the 1930s, it was written about by many famous writers of the

looming mast of Crystal Palace and the backdrop provided by

time and played host to film stars, golfing legends and even royalty

the NatWest Tower, Canary Wharf and the Shard, just 12 or so

- King George VI became Patron in 1937!

miles away.

Today, having undergone a 10 year refurbishment programme

Having retained its heath land beauty & restored wooden

resulting in the rebuilding of nine tees, a new drainage system

bridges which are a feature throughout, The Addington invites you

and a woodland management programme to expose some of

to walk a course virtually unchanged since its creation.

T E L : 0 2 0 8 7 7 7 1 0 5 5 | E M A I L : I N F O @ A D D I N G TO N G O L F. C O M W E B : W W W. A LTO N W O O D G R O U P. C O . U K

Society Packages

Summer Packages (1st April to 31st October 2018): 18, 29 & 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dinner options, freshly prepared by our chef. Packages starting from £75 per person. Offers: 25% discount available on all society bookings *£60 if playing more than 18 holes in March in April and August. Society packages are available on all bookings of a minimum 8 players during the summer months. Our Winter Package offer is available on a minimum 2 players. Winter Package (1st November 2017 - 31st March 2018): Full English Breakfast & Unlimited Golf - £50 per person*

Green Fees

We welcome visitors 7 days a week. Please book online for our best rates: www.addingtongolf. com or call 0208 777 1055.

How to get there The Addington is located in Addington Village, just minutes from Croydon by car or tram, approximately 20 minutes from the M25 junctions 4 or 6 and is only 12 miles from London (nearest station East Croydon, where taxis or trams are available). Parking is available onsite.

Accommodation We can recommend good hotels in Croydon and the surrounding area.

Other Facilities • 18 hole course • Putting Green • Traditional clubhouse with on-site catering & bar • Pro-shop • Free Wi-Fi • Changing Rooms & Lockers • Outside terrace

BETCHWORTH PARK GOLF CLUB R E I G AT E R O A D | D O R K I N G | S U R R E Y | R H 4 1 N Z Nestling under the North Downs, and overlooked by the

fairway bunkers are in evidence on most holes, while the greens

legendary Box Hill beauty spot, Betchworth Park was laid out

are undulating and need careful reading if putts are to drop.

117 years ago by the distinguished architect Harry Colt, who

The second nine works around the outside of the course,

fashioned a delightful, yet challenging parkland course that has

with challenges and views all the way. The uphill par-3 13th is a

been enjoyed by generations of members and visitors alike.

particularly memorable, while the 14th is a glorious dogleg par

The 6,325-yard, par-71 course is maintained to a very high

four with a burn running across the front of the green. The final

standard and, despite changes and improvements over the years,

three holes offer a terrific finish, offering rewards and challenges

has been kept as close as possible to Colt’s original design.

in equal measure, and requiring plenty of concentration to keep a

The first three holes stretch away from the clubhouse and offer

good score going.

magnificent views over the Surrey Hills. The signature par-4

The club prides itself on offering a warm welcome to visitors

fourth then drops down to the undulating valley floor, offering a

and golf societies, and has a wide range of package options to

thrilling tee shot and some wonderful views. Colt’s characteristic

suit all requirements.

T E L : 0 1 3 0 6 8 8 2 0 5 2 | E M A I L : M A N A G E R @ B E TC H W O R T H PA R K G C . C O . U K W E B : W W W. B E TC H W O R T H PA R K G C . C O . U K

Society Packages Winter (Nov-March): £35-£45, Summer (April-Oct): £40-£90. Prices dependent on golfing and catering requirements, and numbers attending. Special Offer: Book from this promotion and receive a free basket of range balls.

Green Fees £50 weeksdays, £60 weekends.

How to get there The club is located off the A25 Reigate Road two miles east of Dorking.

Accommodation Call club for local recommendations.

Other Facilities Golf academy and driving range; buggy hire (£25), trolley rental, pro shop.

CHIPSTEAD GOLF CLUB HOW LANE | CHIPSTEAD | SURREY | CR5 3LN. In its picturesque North Downs setting, with views across

christenings, conferences, meetings and exhibitions, birthday

the Surrey countryside, Chipstead Golf Club’s 18-hole,

and anniversary parties and any other special occasion.

par-68, 5,491-yard course provides an enjoyable challenge

It is also the perfect choice for those who want to combine

for golfers of all abilities.

a morning business meeting with a round of golf in the

Established since 1906, the course has a maturity and history

afternoon. Whatever the occasion, the club’s professional

behind it that places it firmly in a league of its own, with tree-

catering team will be happy to tailor a solution to meet specific

lined fairways and some of the toughest par threes in Surrey,

customer requirements.

which ensure every club in your bag will be tested.

Everyone receives a warm welcome at Chipstead, and the

Chipstead’s purpose-built clubhouse has three private

staff pride themselves on being able to provide all clients with

function rooms, making it an ideal venue for wedding

a friendly and highly efficient service. The club is situated close

receptions, dinner dances, private dinners and lunches,

to the M25 and the M23.

T E L : 0 1 7 3 7 5 5 5 7 8 1 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ C H I P S T E A D G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. C H I P S T E A D G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Societies welcome Monday to Friday with packages starting from £19.95. For further information please visit the club’s website www.chipsteadgolf.co.uk or call Sue or Gary on 01737-555781.

Green Fees £37.50 weekends, £25 weekdays, £20 Thursdays and £15 over 60s Monday and Thursday. All other special green fee rates can be found by visiting www.chipsteadgolf.co.uk

How to get there Accommodation From the M25 leave at Junction 7 Contact club for details. (Direction: Croydon), joining M23 to A23. Turn left into Star Lane at traffic lights adjacent to BP Garage. Proceed to T-junction at top of lane and turn right past the duckpond, continuing via right fork at the White Hart and passing through village until left fork into How Lane. 14

Other Facilities Function rooms, pro shop, buggies.

CHOBHAM GOLF CLUB CHOBHAM ROAD | KNAPHILL | WOKING | GU21 2TZ Our superb 18 hole, par 69 golf course opened in 1994, was

The clubs signature hole is the 15th, a 222 yard par 3 nestling in

front of the clubhouse terrace.

naturally undulating parkland set amongst mature oak woodland

At Chobham we thrive on helping you to create the perfect

giving the impression that the course has been around for many

day and feel that with our experience we can help you achieve

more years. The course provides an excellent challenge to the

that. Our staff are experienced in organising and running golfing

skills of low and high handicap players alike.

events throughout the year. Our attention to detail helps you to

Built to Championship standards with USGA greens, the course

professionally organise your event giving all your guests that special

has automatic irrigation and a drainage system designed to

sense of occasion from arrival right through to their departure.

provide excellent year round play. Among the many attractive

We can tailor all of our packages to suit your needs and budget.

features of the course are the six strategically placed lakes which

Our Pro-shop offers a range of prizes that can be pre-

come in to play on 9 of the 18 holes. There is a combination of

ordered and will also arrange for Nearest the Pin and Longest

challenging par fours, tempting par five and six superb par threes.

Drive markers.

TEL: 01276 855584 | EMAIL: INFO@CHOBHAMGOLFCLUB.CO.UK | WEB: WWW.CHOBHAMGOLFCLUB.CO.UK

Society Packages

18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. Winter season November to February Packages start from ÂŁ30pp. Summer season March to October Packages start from ÂŁ34pp. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees

Book online for our best rates www.chobhamgolfclub.co.uk or call 01276 855584.

How to get there

Quietly situated on the Chobham Road between Knaphill and the picturesque village of Chobham, with Woking and Camberley both 10 minutes drive away, while Guildford and Staines are approximately 7 miles from the club. The M3 junction 3 is approximately 4 miles, and M25 junction 12 is approximately 6 miles from the golf club. 15

Accommodation Please contact the club for recommendations.

Other Facilities

18-hole course, open plan club house, bar, outside terrace, function room, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, meeting room, large car park, putting green and practice nets.

EFFINGHAM GOLF CLUB GUILDFORD ROAD | EFFINGHAM | SURREY | KT24 5PZ Sitting high on top the North Downs with breath taking views of

Amateur Qualifying events here and we look forward to hosting the

the London Skyline, Effingham Golf Club is a traditional members’

2019 English Senior Men’s County Finals.

club with a distinctly modern outlook offering a warm and friendly

Our listed Georgian Clubhouse provides superb modern facilities

welcome to visiting golfers. It is the perfect venue for a truly

including a newly refurbished Pro Shop and GC2 Simulator/Swing

memorable society, corporate or charity golf day.

Studio, Private Dining Rooms, Lounge Bar, spacious Changing Rooms

2018 marks the grand opening of our newly designed course

and a beautiful Terrace overlooking the frills of the 18th green!

by leading golf architects Mackenzie & Ebert who have enhanced

We are proud of the quality and choice of our food offering, both

this classic Harry Colt masterpiece with spectacular results. With an

in the clubhouse and at our Halfway Hut, and understand that the

easy and exhilarating walk over immaculate chalky subsoil fairways,

hospitality enjoyed during your golf day is as important as the golf

our championship course is regarded as the best draining inland

itself... for some at least!

course in the south east offering simply superb year round golf.

Golf at Effingham is one of life’s little pleasures and we invite you

Our championship pedigree has seen The Open and English

to come and see why for yourself.

T E L : 0 1 3 7 2 4 1 4 1 3 0 | E M A I L : G C O L L I N S @ E F F I N G H A M G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W. E F F I N G H A M G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with a variety of catering options available including breakfast, lunch and dinner. Off Peak months - January to April, August, November to December (packages from £42.50pp).

Peak months - May to July, September to October (packages from £67pp). Buggies, Electric Trolleys, Pull Trolleys, Range Tokens, Goody Bags and Simulator Challenge can also be included in your package.

Green Fees See our website for details – www.effinghamgolfclub.com – or call 01372 452203

How to get there The club is on the A246 between Leatherhead (5 miles) and Guildford (8 miles), and approximately 5 miles from both J9 and J10 of the M25. If using a SatNav, enter the postcode KT24 5PZ.

Other Facilities 18 hole course, driving range, putting green, short game practice area with bunkers, practice nets, pro shop, GC2 simulator/swing studio, clubhouse, bar, private dining rooms, outdoor terrace, snooker room, tennis courts.

EPSOM GOLF CLUB LO N G D O W N L A N E S O U T H | E P S O M | S U R R E Y | K T 1 7 4 J R Epsom Golf Club, founded in 1889, has a reputation for being one

to be the oldest purpose-built clubhouse in Surrey with a 100 year old

of the friendliest private members clubs in Surrey and has proven to

snooker room – and the modern – spacious contemporary changing

be a popular venue for golf societies for many years. The 18 hole

facilities and an indoor coaching studio with a GC2 golf simulator.

course is unique, offering a wide variety of holes which provide a

The club’s catering team ensures a very high level of cuisine

challenge for golfers of all levels, and is renowned for its undulating

providing a wide range of fresh food options. Epsom can offer two

greens that test even the smoothest of putters.

alternatives for dining facilities away from the common areas. The club’s

An advantage of Epsom is that the course lies on the top of the

Committee Room is ideal for smaller parties whilst the Beamed Room

North Downs and this brings two benefits: firstly, because the subsoil

can accommodate more than 70 people and offers fine views over the

is chalk, the course is seldom affected by rain, and secondly, visitors

18th hole.

enjoy stunning panoramic views of London.

Traditions are strong at Epsom and one is to warmly welcome all

The clubhouse offers an intriguing mixture of the traditional – it happens

visitors to this traditional members’ golf club.

T E L : 0 1 3 7 2 74 1 8 6 7 | E M A I L : S T U A R T WA L K E R @ E P S O M G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. E P S O M G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages The Vardon includes tea/coffee, a bacon roll and 18 holes. Monday £22.50pp teeing off after 11am; Tue–Thurs £32.50pp; Fri-Sun £37.50pp. Other packages available, call or visit our website. The organiser of groups over 12 people goes free.

Green Fees £29 weekdays and £35 weekends, bookable online via website. Special green fees also available including Monday after 11am, Wednesday and Twilight discounts. Please call or visit our website for more details.

How to get there From M25, exit at junction 8 (Sutton/ Reigate) and take the A217 north towards Sutton. Turn left into A240, follow the signs for the B284 to Epsom Downs. From A3, turn off at Tolworth junction and take the A240 and then the B284 to Epsom Downs. (See map on the club’s website). 17

Accommodation Holiday Inn Express hotel on edge of course, please contact club for preferential rates.

Other Facilities Putting and chipping green, practice net, trolley hire, golf store and PGA coaching studio with golf simulator. Function room’s available, restaurant and bars.

FARLEIGH C LU B & R E S TA U R A N T O L D FA R L E I G H R O A D | WA R L I N G H A M | S U R R E Y | C R 6 9 P E Experience the future of golf with a day at Farleigh in Surrey.

and chipping greens, and a practice bunker. Head indoors to

Friendly staff, pristine greens and flexible course options

enjoy the modern and welcoming Clubhouse including modern

combine to give you and your group a memorable occasion.

facilities featuring Nineteen, one of the Croydon area’s top

The 350 acre estate features three 9 hole courses so you

restaurants and a Games Room. The perfect place to warm up

can select from a quick and relaxed 9 hole game, a challenging

before your round or relax after it, the Games Room features a

18 hole or an epic battle across all 27 holes, all on USGA spec

state-of-the-art golf simulator available for competitions or swing

greens designed by John Jacobs Associates, the brains

analysis, a pool table and large screen television where you can

behind Wentworth’s Edinburgh course. Part of The Foxhills

watch the latest football match or keep an eye on your group’s

Collection, Farleigh provides a high quality golfing experience

scores through live tournament scoring.

on London’s doorstep.

Whether you’re looking for a highly competitive day or a relaxed

Off the course, refine your game on the 300 yard driving

social round, speak to Farleigh’s helpful team to tailor the perfect

range located in a valley in the centre of the estate, putting

package to suit your golfing needs.

T E L : 0 1 8 8 3 6 2 7 7 1 1 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S @ FA R L E I G H F O X . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. FA R L E I G H F O X . C O . U K

Society Packages Green Fees Available from £29 per person Available from £15 per including toasted bacon person, off peak. rolls and a cup of coffee or tea, plus 18 holes. Upgrades available including additional holes, simulator competitions, prizes, live scoring and further meal choices.

How to get there 15 minutes from junction 6 on the M25. 5 miles from central Croydon.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities Fully equipped Golf Shop with PGA Professionals available for lessons. A fleet of 30 buggies plus trolleys available for hire. Availability at weekends and we guarantee no temporary greens or tees all year round. Games Room including golf simulator plus Function rooms available for hire. Book your tee time online and discover more about Corporate and Group Golf Days at www.farleighfox.co.uk

FOXHILLS CLUB & RESORT S TO N E H I L L R O A D | OT T E R S H AW | S U R R E Y | K T 1 6 0 E L Host of the 2017 PGA Cup and featuring two Championship courses

courses, with its 14th voted as one of the greatest holes ever played

and a challenging par three 9 hole course, Foxhills Club & Resort in

by BBC Radio 5 Live listeners. The Manor course adjacent to the

Surrey is a haven for golfers of all abilities. If playing a round with friends

Club’s Victorian Manor House, may look simple but is a spirited par

or enjoying a company or society day, Foxhills’ team of experienced and

three course to test even experienced golfers.

passionate golf experts will provide you with a memorable occasion. Home to the Senior PGA Professional Championships, the Club

Further facilities include a covered driving range; practice green; Pro Shop featuring equipment and buggies for hire; Function rooms

has invested heavily in its courses over recent years, resulting in

for private meals; three restaurants including Nineteen, overlooking

Longcross being named in the ‘Top 100’ courses in England and

the shared 18th greens of Longcross and Bernard Hunt.

Bernard Hunt in the ‘Next 100’. Named after the former Foxhills’

Whether you’re looking for a traditional golf day for your company

Head Professional and Ryder Cup Captain Bernard Hunt, MBE, the

or society, or keen to spice it up with the addition of a cycling or spa

Bernard Hunt course provides a challenge for club golfers, whilst

day, Foxhills has been Surrey’s favourite playground for more than

the Longcross is considered one of the best tree-lined Surrey

40 years and provides a welcome respite from nearby London.

T E L : 0 1 9 3 2 7 0 4 4 6 5 | E M A I L : G O L F S E R V I C E S @ F O X H I L L S . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. F O X H I L L S . C O . U K

Society Packages Available from £60 per person including toasted bacon rolls and a cup of coffee or tea, plus 18 holes. Upgrades available including live digital scoring; additional holes; driving range and Country Club guest passes.

Green Fees Available from £90 per person (Summer) or from £60 per person (Winter). Prices are based on off peak tee time. Book your tee time online and discover more about Corporate and Group Golf Days at www.foxhills.co.uk.

How to get there 10 minutes from junction 11 on the M25. Complimentary on-site parking. Close to London Heathrow airport and Chertsey and Woking train stations.

Accommodation On-site accommodation available, along with additional leisure facilities such as swimming pools, healthspa, gym and three restaurants.

Other Facilities Visit the Pro Shop for lessons or hire of buggies, trolleys, clubs, shoes and more.

KINGSWOOD GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB SANDY LANE | KINGSWOOD | SURREY | KT20 6NE The course at Kingswood was designed in 1928 by one of the great

The beauty of holding your golf day at Kingswood is our

triumvirate and Open Champion, James Braid. Recent renovations

understanding that with golf days there is no universal formula.

retained the classic features of Kingswood but several changes were

Flexibility is paramount and whether your visit is for business

implemented to make the course more challenging, adjusting to

or pleasure we will find a package that will suit all budgets.

today’s longer hitters. The work has been hailed as a great success

We guarantee your guests won’t go hungry, from bacon rolls,

and has introduced the all-important risk and reward choices on

breakfast feasts and delicious buffet lunches to fine dining, our

each hole, which makes Kingswood such a joy to play. It is a true

catering can be as simple or as stylish as you wish. The halfway

championship course and was selected as a qualifying course for the

hut also provides a handy stop on course to keep rumblings at

Seniors Open and hosted the Surrey Amateur Championship and

bay. Kingswood’s professional and friendly staff will be on hand to

PGA Surrey Open for the past two years. 2014 saw the opening of

ensure your day runs smoothly from start to finish. With the club

our Lodge complex of 18 bedrooms and the complete refurbishment

being located less than 5 miles inside the M25, Kingswood is now

of the men’s and ladies’ changing room facilities.

one of the ‘Must Play’ clubs in the South East.

T E L : 0 1 7 3 7 8 3 2 1 8 8 | E M A I L : S A L E S @ K I N G S W O O D - G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. K I N G S W O O D - G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Corporate days and societies are welcome Monday to Friday with all packages tailored to meet your requirements. Prices start at £75pp (summer) and £40pp (winter) – Discounts available Mondays & Tuesdays throughout the year.

Green Fees Weekday: £75 (summer) and £45 (winter) Weekend: £85 (summer) and £55 (winter) Mid Afternoon & Twilight discounts available throughout the year!

How to get there Leave M25 at junction 8 and follow the A217 for London. At the third roundabout take the fourth exit (A2032), turn right at the T junction, follow the road for quarter of a mile and turn right into Sandy Lane. 20

Accommodation Our eighteen spacious rooms have been designed to combine chic, contemporary styling with comfort and luxury. Everything you need is on hand from Wi-Fi, Sky TV, Nespresso machines and 24hour service.

Other Facilities 12-bay driving range (five covered), putting green, short game area, 14 electric buggies and trolley hire, PGA Professional golf tuition, well stocked pro shop, numerous function rooms, licensed for weddings and civil ceremonies, Sunday carvery.

MITCHAM GOLF CLUB C A R S H A LTO N R O A D | M I TC H A M J U N C T I O N | S U R R E Y | C R 4 4 H N Mitcham Golf Club is unique with its moorland turf which makes

The course itself offers a stiffer challenge than it might seem

it one of the driest courses in the country and is playable all year

upon initial inspection of the card. Designed with shot-making

round. It’s a natural course with trees and bushes that shut out

strategy in mind, the course demands accurate approach shots

the busy world that surrounds the common.

and consistent putting. With natural hazards and challenging

Skilfully placed bunkers makes this course a very challenging

greens the course invites competition for all skill levels.

Par 69. Located as it is just 12 miles from the centre of London

The golf club and course is enjoyed by its members and

and with a mainline railway station (Mitcham Junction) literally 50

visitors alike. One of the clubs many assets is its fairways which

yards from the clubhouse, it is ideal for anyone living in or visiting

have matured over the years. The course still retains many of

the city who wishes to enjoy a quality 18 holes without having to

the original features and after a round golfers may relax in the

travel any great distance. There is also ample car parking on site.

spacious bar overlooking the 18th green.

T E L : 0 2 0 8 6 4 0 4 2 8 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ M I TC H A M G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. M I TC H A M G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Available Mon – Fri anytime and in the afternoons at weekends. We class a Golf Society with a minimum of 8 golfers and a maximum of 132. Packages start from £21.95pp.

Green Fees Mon £15, Tue & Wed £17, Thu £18, Fri £23 Weekends/ Bank Holidays: £30

How to get there Accommodation We are situated on Mitcham Contact the club for further Common. The Clubhouse can be details. accessed from the Carshalton Road (A237) and is just 50 yards from Mitcham Junction Station. By Rail: London Victoria 12mins, Croydon 8mins, Wimbledon 8mins. 21

Other Facilities Well stocked professionals shop and ample on site parking.

PUTTENHAM GOLF CLUB T H E H E AT H | P U T T E N H A M | G U I L D F O R D | S U R R E Y | G U 3 1 A L Nestling in the picturesque foothills of Surreys’ Hogs Back,

course with a combination of tree lined fairways and fast

Puttenham Golf Club’s gently undulating 6,220 yard par 71 18-hole

undulating greens, that force you to think your way around a layout

course is a stunning mixture of heath and woodland. In early

where no two holes play the same.

summer the colour of the azaleas and rhododendrons on the 12th

With a beautiful course, excellent food and a warm welcome

and 13th in particular are a spectacle not to be missed.

Puttenham truly is the ideal venue for your Golf Society Day. We

The predominantly sandy soil means the course is usually dry

have a dedicated Society Co-Ordinator who will help make the

underfoot and drains quickly in wet weather, providing excellent

experience of organising a golf day as stress free as possible,

playing conditions all year round. In the event of a hot dry summer,

assisting you every step of the way from your initial enquiry all the

Puttenham has on-course fairway watering which allows us to

way through to when you leave the club on the day of your event.

maintain the high standards of course condition that we set

We offer bespoke golf society days tailored to the individuals

ourselves.

needs, enabling you to choose exactly what you require to make

Originally formed in 1894, Puttenham is a mature, challenging

your golf day as pleasurable and enjoyable as it can be.

T E L : 0 1 4 8 3 8 1 0 4 9 8 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S @ P U T T E N H A M G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : P U T T E N H A M G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Bespoke golf day packages tailored to each societies requirements. Prices start from £35.

Green Fees Standard green fees: Weekday £65 (discounted rates available after 11am). Weekends after 2pm BST or 1pm GMT from £36.

How to get there Puttenham Golf Club is situated opposite the Harvester Inn on the B3000 just off the A3 and A31 south from Guildford (signposted Godalming/Puttenham). For satellite navigation use postcode GU3 1AL. 22

Accommodation Contact the club.

Other Facilities Practice Range. Junior Academy.

ROYAL MID-SURREY GOLF CLUB O L D D E E R PA R K | T W I C K E N H A M R O A D | R I C H M O N D | S U R R E Y | T W 9 2 S B Located just 20 minutes from central London in Richmond,

The JH Taylor course - named after the five-time Open

Royal Mid-Surrey boasts two 18-hole championship courses that

champion who designed both courses and acted as the club’s

lend themselves perfectly to Corporate and Society golf days.

first professional – is famous for its ‘humps and hollows’ and

The club, which celebrated its 125th anniversary in 2017,

provides excellent year-round putting surfaces. Recently, it has

occupies an historic area of royal parkland and shares a bend

hosted the Men’s Surrey County Championships and the Ladies’

in the River Thames with the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew.

British Matchplay Championships.

Its title comes from straddling the county border between Middlesex and Surrey.

The Pam Barton course – named after the longstanding member who dominated the ladies’ amateur game in the 1930s

One of the first golf clubs to be given a Royal designation,

– rewards straight hitting and precise course management.

it offers visitors a thoroughly modern clubhouse with excellent

This course has hosted the Surrey Men’s Amateur

hospitality and dining facilities, spacious locker rooms and

Championship and English Ladies Amateur Matchplay

extensive practice facilities.

Championship in 2017.

T E L : 0 2 0 8 9 4 0 1 8 9 4 | E M A I L : R E C P @ R M S G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. R M S G C . C O . U K

Society Packages From £120 per person, which includes golf and lunch or dinner. Corporate packages, including gift bags and course guides, are available along with rental sets and a fleet of electric trolleys.

Green Fees JH Taylor Course £100 (all day rate). Pam Barton Course £60 (18-hole rate).

How to get there The club is close to Richmond station and alongside Richmond Athletic Ground (home to Richmond & London Scottish Rugby clubs), Richmond Cricket Club and Pools in the Park.

Accommodation The club can recommend several places to stay in the area, so please enquire when you contact them.

SELSDON PARK HOTEL & GOLF CLUB A D D I N G TO N R O A D | S A N D E R S T E A D | S U R R E Y | C R 2 8 YA . Selsdon Park Hotel & Golf Club is a traditional, mature

Work has included reshaping the course, designing a new

parkland golf course cut from the original thick forest that

bunker appearance, introducing new fauna with wild flowers

dominated this part of Surrey when the course was first

and the vast woodland management project.

In total the course has five par-5 holes, four of which measure

in 1929.

over 500 yards. This need not be an intimidating experience, all

The elevated greens and fairways lined with countless

but one of the nine par-4 holes are less than 400 yards and two

sycamore, beech, oak, silver birch and cedar trees, all make

of them are under 300 yards, so whether you are a handicapper

Selsdon a truly memorable course to play. During the last

or scratch player, Selsdon Park Hotel & Golf Club will give you

two years, Selsdon has refocused itself at all levels, with

the opportunity to dust down all of your clubs!

the golf course being just one of it’s many developments.

The course stretches 6,368 yards, a challenging par 72.

TEL: 020 8768 3113/3116 | EMAIL: CAROLINE.SCREENE@DEVERE.COM W E B : W W W. P H C O M PA N Y. C O M / D E - V E R E / S E L S D O N - E S TAT E /

Society Packages Available 7 days a week, coffee & bacon baps, 18 holes & light lunch from £29pp, groups of 12 or more organiser goes free.

Green Fees Winter £20 weekdays, £25 weekends. Visitor Restrictions: No restrictions, although it is advisable to call in advance.

How to get there Take Junction 6 off the M25, then following the A22 Godstone/Westerham/ Caterham towards Caterham.

Accommodation 200 deluxe 4-star bedrooms.

Other Facilities Indoor swimming pool, gym, sauna, steam rooms, Jacuzzi, squash and tennis courts, beauty treatment rooms. Restaurant and bar, 26 conference rooms. Academy, warm up area, putting green, professional PGA tuition, golf shop. 350 free car parking facilities.

SHIRLEY PARK GOLF CLUB 194 ADDISCOMBE ROAD | CROYDON | SURREY CR0 7LB

When you walk down the fairways of Shirley Park Golf Club it’s

challenging golf, followed by a professionally prepared meal in

hard to believe you are only one mile from East Croydon station.

our spacious dining room.

This is because an open park area on one side and the wooded Shirley Hills on the other flank our Surrey countryside golf course. Our generous fairways accommodate all levels of handicap

Our players’ bar has a large plasma TV showing top golf and other sporting events while you wind down. As a privately-owned club, it won’t surprise you to know we have a very modern,

golfer and our undulating greens are commented on very

recently-refurbished lounge, with a bar that provides a full range

favourably by amateur and professional alike, as being amongst

of wines, lagers and selected fine ales from Fullers, who are our

the best maintained in Surrey.

resident brewers.

For the society golfer there is the promise of 18 holes of

T E L : 0 2 0 8 6 5 4 1 1 4 3 | E M A I L : S O C I E T I E S @ S H I R L E Y PA R K G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. S H I R L E Y PA R K G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages From £35pp in winter and £51pp during the summer months. Society days available: Tuesday and Friday all day, plus Monday and Thursday afternoons.

Green Fees From £25 to £40 per round.

How to get there 11/2 miles from Croydon town.

Other Facilities Golf buggies available, indoor tuition and simulator facility, practise area and practise putting green and an unrivalled friendly clubhouse. View course hole-by-hole on www.shirleyparkgolfclub.co.uk

S I LV E R M E R E GOLF AND LEISURE REDHILL ROAD | COBHAM | SURREY | KT11 1EF Ideally located 5 minutes from the M25 and A3, Silvermere is

Friendly and professional staff are always on hand to ensure

the most accessible golf centre in the South East. Set amongst

that all requirements are met and exceeded.

Surrey’s finest countryside, the 18-hole Silvermere course is a

The Inn on the Lake is the perfect place to relax and unwind

true test of golf.

before and after your round of golf. Enjoy the classic bacon roll,

The Par-71 course winds through dense woodland, open

a treat from the breakfast menu or a signature dish from the

parkland and finishes with two signature holes across the

bistro. Each menu has been designed to match the needs of your

striking Silvermere Lake. It is undoubtedly one of the most

individual golf day, society or corporate event.

challenging public courses in the region and is beautifully

Additional golf facilities include a 52 bay 2-tiered floodlit

maintained all year round.

driving range with Protracer technology, two putting greens, a

This memorable course is the perfect setting for your event,

short game area and the golf superstore. Combine these with the

offering a wide range of simply structured packages that suit

bar, bistro and beautiful function suites and you’re sure to have

any golf day.

an outstanding day at Silvermere.

T E L : 0 1 9 3 2 5 8 4 3 1 4 | E M A I L : S A L E S @ S I LV E R M E R E - G O L F.CO. U K | W E B : W W W. S I LV E R M E R E - G O L F.CO.U K

Society Packages Winter Society Packages from £27.50pp. Summer Society Packages from £28.50pp. Bespoke Golf Packages available throughout the year.

Green Fees Weekdays £35. Weekends £45. Reduced rates for winter and afternoon. Prices correct at the time of printing. Visitor Restrictions: None. Booking advisable. Available online at www.silvermere-golf.co.uk

How to get there Easy access from the A3, M3 and M25. Please see the website for a map and further directions.

Accommodation Contact club for advice.

Other Facilities 52 bay 2-tiered state-of-the-art driving range with Protracer technology. Two putting greens (one all weather), short game area, electric buggy & trolley hire, 19 PGA Coaches, Golf Superstore which is Officially recognised as the busiest retail outlet on any golf complex in Europe, Inn on the Lake bar & restaurant, function rooms.

S U R R E Y N AT I O N A L GOLF CLUB ROOK LANE | CHALDON | SURREY | CR3 5AA Covering in excess of 200 acres, Surrey National is a Championship

shot – that being a short pitch to the raised green on the 2nd.

course approaching 7,000 yards from the Championship tees and

As befits a championship length status, the course has a number

6,300 from the daily play tees. Designed by leading golf course

of difficult par 4s –the 16th and bunker less 6th being the most

architect, David Williams, the course meanders through dramatic

difficult – but the most challenging hole is the 3rd, which requires a

rolling countryside, populated by thousands of mature trees which

carry of over 150 yards across water from the championship tee.

further enhance the appeal of the setting.

Surrey National welcomes visitors, corporate days and societies

Carefully positioned bunkers, raised tees, tree lined fairways

to play its course and enjoy hospitality in its magnificent clubhouse

and two teasingly placed lakes, mean a good test for golfers of all

– the perfect place to relax after a hard round of golf and to enjoy

abilities. Although the contours of the site are dramatic, the clever

first class catering, free Wi-Fi and excellent service in either our

use of these natural assets ensures that the vast majority of the

spike bar or Fountain Suite, which both provide spectacular views

holes are played either level or downhill, with only one real uphill

across the lake, fountains and course beyond.

T E L : 0 1 8 8 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 | E M A I L : I N F O @ S U R R E Y N AT I O N A L . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. S U R R E Y N AT I O N A L . C O . U K

Society Packages

Society packages require a minimum of 8 golfers. Winter Package (1st November 2017-31st March 2018): Coffee & Bacon Roll & 18 Holes - £20 per person. Summer Packages (1st April to 31st October 2018): 18, 27 & 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dinner options, freshly prepared by our chef. Packages starting from £29 per person. Offers: 10% discount available on all society bookings in April and August.

Green Fees

We welcome visitors 7 days a week. Please book online for our best rates: www. surreynational.co.uk or call 01883 344 555.

How to get there

Surrey National Golf Club is located on the B2031 between Caterham-on-the-Hill and Chaldon, just minutes from the M25, Junction 6. By rail ~ the nearest train station is Caterham, where there is a taxi rank (approx 5 mins by car). Gatwick airport is just 1/2 an hour away by car, Heathrow 1 hour. 27

Accommodation We can recommend good hotels in the surrounding area.

Other Facilities

• 18 hole course • 22-bay Driving Range, short game practice area with 3 bunkers, 2 Putting Greens & an indoor practice facility • Contemporary clubhouse with function suite, on-site catering & bars • Pro-shop • Free Wi-Fi • Changing Rooms & Lockers • Outside terrace

SUTTON GREEN GOLF CLUB N E W L A N E | S U T TO N G R E E N | N R G U I L D F O R D | S U R R E Y G U 4 7 Q F Set in the beautiful Surrey Countryside located between Woking

five tranquil lakes, naturally sloping contours and a state of the art

& Guildford, Sutton Green Golf Club is one of Surrey’s premier

irrigation system that ensures tees, fairways and greens are always

golf clubs and an ideal venue to hold a truly memorable society or

in perfect condition.

corporate golf day.

You also have access to a practice putting green and nets, a

On arrival you will be welcomed into our friendly club house,

practice short game area and some of the top golf professionals in

perfectly equipped with a well-stocked bar, outside terrace with

the UK.

views across the course, luxurious changing facilities and a pro

We pride ourselves on a friendly welcome, attention to detail

shop; and additional function rooms provide the perfect space

and a flexible approach to ensure you and your guests enjoy the

for larger groups to enjoy celebrations and our extensive menu

perfect golf day. Whether you choose a pre-set package from our

options.

Winter and Summer society rates, or are looking for us to help you

The course is an impeccable par 71 6,433 yard course set

create a completely unique golf day experience, our dedicated

amongst stunning countryside views. You’ll discover mature trees,

team are ready to cater for your every need.

T E L : 0 1 4 8 3 74 7 8 9 8 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ S U T TO N G R E E N G C . C O . U K | W E B S I T E : W W W. S U T TO N G R E E N G C . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. Winter season November to February. Packages start from £25pp. Summer season March to October. Packages start from £30pp. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www.suttongreengc. co.uk or call 01483 747898.

How to get there Located between Woking and Guildford we are just a few minutes from the A3 which connects to the M25 and M3. Woking train station is five minutes by taxi. Find ample free parking on-site.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, modern club house, bar, outside terrace, function rooms, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, meeting rooms, large car park, putting green and practice nets.

TWISTED STONE GOLF CLUB (FORMERLY TRADITIONS GOLF COURSE) PYRFORD ROAD | PYRFORD | WOKING | SURREY | GU22 8UE Visitors to Twisted Stone will be rewarded with a warm welcome,

Our Team have a wealth of experience in organising golf

excellent hospitality and a great value for money round of golf.

days led by our Head Professional Paul Tedder and it is this

We specialise in golf society, corporate and group golf days

experience that will ensure you get the best from your day

and offer an extensive range of packages catering for every

here at Twisted Stone. Our golf packages typically include

requirement and providing excellent value for money.

unlimited coffee on arrival, breakfast options from bacon rolls

At Twisted Stone we understand how important your golf

to full English breakfasts, ‘nearest the pin’ and ‘longest drive’

day is to you. Therefore, we constantly strive to ensure

competitions (markers included), 10% discount on a large

every aspect of your day is just as you want; from a warm

range of prizes available from our fully stocked our pro shop

welcome when you arrive, to a beautifully presented course

(presentation table available on request), full use of practise

and delicious food to complete your day in our friendly and

facilities to include putting green and practice net, golf buggy,

relaxed sports bar.

trolley and club hire, lunch and evening Meal options.

T E L : 0 1 9 3 2 3 5 0 3 5 5 | E M A I L : P R O @ T W I S T E D S TO N E G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.T W I S T E D S TO N E G C . C O M

Society Packages Summer 2018 Society Packages March – October Quartz: Ruby: Sapphire: Mon-Thurs Mon-Thurs Mon-Thurs £28.50 £37. £39 Friday £29.50 Friday £38 Friday £40 Sat-Sun £34.50 Sat-Sun £43 Sat-Sun £45

Green Fees Mon-Thur £24 Fri £25 Sat-Sun £34

Diamond: Mon-Thurs £42 Friday £43 Sat-Sun £48

How to get there 10 minutes from Junction 10 M25, South towards Guildford. take first Junction towards Wisely Gardens come back on A3 and follow signs to Wisley gardens. Follow road all the way to the end of the road and turn right. Club is half mile on the right.

Accommodation Please contact the club for recommendations.

WOLDINGHAM GOLF CLUB H A L L I LO O VA L L E Y R O A D | W O L D I N G H A M | S U R R E Y | C R 3 7 H A Nestled in the serenity of the Halliloo Valley in the heart of

2nd which offers an elevated shot to a green surrounded by

the Surrey North Downs, Woldingham’s excellent course and

strategically placed bunkers. Built on a chalk base with USGA

facilities have become a popular destination for golfers.

specification greens, Woldingham offers year round play.

Surrounded by the course, the Club’s stately neo-classical

Bradford Benz, the beautiful rolling course makes the most

style clubhouse has the air of a country mansion and houses

of the contours of the valley in which it sits, with deceptively

a comfortable spike bar, spacious changing facilities, pro shop

undulating fairways and no shortage of hidden bunkers!

and elegant function suite with balcony areas.

The unusual double 9th and 18th greens play out in front of the clubhouse and make for interesting gallery viewing!

Woldingham Golf Club welcomes bookings from both private societies and corporate bodies looking for a hassle free day of

A par 71 course in excess of 6,000 yards long from the yellow tees, the course has a number of tricky par 3’s in particular the

great golf and first class hospitality and visitors are welcome throughout the week, all year round.

T E L : 0 1 8 8 3 6 5 3 5 0 1 | E M A I L : I N F O @ W O L D I N G H A M G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.W O L D I N G H A M G C . C O . U K

Society Packages

Society packages require a minimum of 8 golfers. Winter Package (1st November 2017-31st March 2018): Coffee & Bacon Roll & 18 Holes - £20 per person Summer Packages (1st April to 31st October 2018): 18, 27 & 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dinner options, freshly prepared by our chef. Packages starting from £29 per person

Green Fees

We welcome visitors 7 days a week. Please book online for our best rates: www. woldinghamgc.co.uk or call 01883 653 501.

How to get there

Woldingham is situated in the Halliloo Valley, just off the A22 and close to M25 junction 6. Just 35 minutes from London Victoria by train, the nearest station is Woldingham (2 mins by car), where there is a taxi rank.

Offers: 10% discount available on all society bookings in April and August. 31

Accommodation We can recommend good hotels in the surrounding area.

Other Facilities

• 18 hole course • Driving Range & Putting Green • Contemporary clubhouse with function suite, on-site catering & bars • Pro-shop • Free Wi-Fi • Changing Rooms & Lockers • Outside terrace

WHATEVER THE WEATHER BRANDON STONE EUROPEAN TOUR PROFESSIONAL

Pushing the boundaries of golf apparel, this season we have engineered our most technical range ever. The Zero Gravity Tour delivers advanced lightweight, waterproof and breathable performance thanks to Per tex速 fabric technology, while the Norse jacket features PrimaLoft速 insulation for unbeatable warmth without weight. With PING Apparel you get the best from your game, whatever the weather.

PACKS INTO POCKET

ZERO GRAVITY TOUR

NORSE JACKET

is registered trademark of Karsten Manufacturing Corporation. Pertex Shield速 is a registered trademark of Mitsui & Co., Ltd. 2015. PrimaLoft速 is a registered trademark of PrimaLoft, Inc

KENT

Goudy

Our clubhouse overlooks the putting surface and the 18th

of Outstanding Natural Beauty’. The landscape is gently rolling

green. Our facilities include our pro shop, changing rooms

and based on free draining chalk allowing play and buggies

and an air conditioned bar with a terrace where players can

all year round with no temporary tees or greens. Our 18 hole

enjoy drinks and home cooked food. If you are mixing business

course is 6,200 yards in length, Par 72 yds and suitable for all

with leisure, we also have various rooms that can be used for

standards of golfer. We are situated in an easy to get to location

meetings, conferences and private functions.

being close to Sevenoaks, Brands Hatch and the M25. We greatly value our reputation for being a well-regarded society

Details of our society and corporate packages can be found on

and company golf course.

our website or please contact us on 01959 522944.

T E L : 0 1 9 5 9 5 2 2 9 4 4 | W E B : W W W.T H E D A R E N T H . C O M

Society Packages Packages available from £28.50 per person. For our full offering please visit our website or phone us on 01959 522944.

Green Fees Midweek £23, weekends £33. Tee times can be booked in advance by phone or online.

How to get there We are located between Brands Hatch and Sevenoaks with easy access to the M25 and walking distance to Shoreham train Station.

Accommodation We have on site accommodation.

Other Facilities We have a number of rooms that can be used for functions, meetings and conferencing for up to 300 guests.

BOUGHTON GOLF CLUB B R I C K F I E L D L A N E | B O U G H TO N | N R . FAV E R S H A M | K E N T | M E 1 3 9 A J Situated between Faversham and Canterbury, Boughton takes

Arranged in two loops of nine holes, starting and finishing

great advantage of its naturally picturesque setting. The 6,591

close to the clubhouse, the course offers generously-sized

yard course is laid out over 160 acres of naturally-undulating

greens and tees, and the natural drainage qualities of the

terrain and offers fine views over the tranquil Kent countryside

land, together with the irrigation system, ensures the course is

and Thames Estuary.

normally playable year round.

Built in 1992, Boughton has excellent facilities available,

Boughtonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s spacious, attractive clubhouse, built in the style of

including a covered driving range with adjoining practice area,

a traditional Kent barn, is contrasted internally with the signature

and a nine-hole Academy course.

contemporary interior of Pentland clubs, and its warming

Set in 25 acres of orchard, Boughton has quickly established

ambiance is a welcome retreat from the course.

itself as a popular choice for societies, providing a real

Pentland Golf offers all societies: retail discounts, an adverse

challenge to golfers of every standard.

weather guarantee and one central booking point.

T E L : 0 1 2 2 7 7 5 2 2 7 7 | W E B : W W W. P E N T L A N D G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Available seven days per week. Pentland Golf offer more players bigger discounts. Play Boughton and Etchinghill, then return to either club within 12 months to receive 50% discount on package price.

Green Fees Visitors welcome every day.

How to get there Leave M2 at Junction 7 taking the A2 towards Canterbury and take the first exit signed to Boughton.

Accommodation Other Facilities Telephone club for assistance. See Pentland Golfâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Etchinghill Club on page 41. Phone: 0800 258 5018 for details of society packages.

CANTERBURY GOLF CLUB S C OT L A N D H I L L S | L I T T L E B O U R N E R O A D | C A N T E R B U R Y | K E N T | C T 1 1 T W Canterbury has long been regarded as among the best-

abundance of birdlife and wild flora simply adds to the beauty of

designed inland courses in Kent.

the experience.

Created by the legendary Harry Colt in 1927 – a year after

Acclaimed as a warm and welcoming club, Canterbury’s

he completed construction of the West Course at Wentworth –

reputation is further enhanced by the hospitality that visitors

the 6,272-yard layout takes golfers on an enchanting journey

receive from our friendly and helpful clubhouse staff.

through mature woodland, following the natural contours of the

We boast a range of quality local beers, a barista for coffee

land as it descends and rises, crosses and often re-crosses a

connoisseurs and a comprehensive menu for bar snacks or for

number of brooks and dykes that help to ensure that conditions

more substantial meals.

will invariably be at their best.

And a well-stocked professional shop can supply everything

Variety is a key feature as no two holes are even faintly alike.

a player may need, including buggy or trolley hire, on his or her

From a number of elevated tees, the course provides

way to the first tee.

excellent views across the surrounding countryside while an

An exclusive experience.

T E L : 0 1 2 2 7 4 5 3 5 3 2 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ C A N T E R B U R Y G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C A N T E R B U R Y G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages

The Colt Classic Coffee & Bacon rolls on arrival, range balls, 18 holes of golf followed by 2-course meal - £52 Or full English breakfast on arrival, range balls, 18 holes of golf followed by 3-course meal £59 The Pilgrims Package Coffee & Bacon rolls on arrival, range balls, 18 holes of golf, golfer’s lunch

followed by a further 9 or 18 holes, and 3-course dinner - £75 Spring Special (Mar 2018 – April 2018) Coffee and bacon rolls on arrival, unlimited golf followed by golfer’s lunch - £39 Summer Sizzler (17th July 2018 – 31st August 2018) Coffee & Bacon rolls on arrival, 18 holes of golf, golfer’s lunch - £45 (£10 surcharge for weekend bookings)

Green Fees

April – October Weekend £58 Weekday £42 Members Summer 8-Pack (8 member guest green fee vouchers with no expiry) = £180 37

How to get there

We are located just outside the City Centre on the A235 Littlebourne Road in the direction of Sandwich. You will pass a small hospital on your right and about 500 metres past this, the Club is located on the left.

Accommodation The Dog At Wingham is an official partner of Canterbury Golf Club for accommodation and evening dining requirements. 01227 720339 www.thedog.co.uk

Other Facilities

23 bay floodlit driving range, teaching academy, short game area, fully stocked professionals shop, buggies and electric trollies available for hire.

CHART HILLS GOLF CLUB WEEKS LANE | BIDDENDEN | KENT | TN27 8JX The spectacular Nick Faldo-designed golf course is situated on

Guide 2008 - 2009 and ranked in the Top 100 by Top 100 Golf

the northern boundary of the Weald of Kent with over 200 acres

Courses and by Golf World Magazine.

of gently undulating hills, just 20 miles from the M25.

Chart Hills welcomes both Societies and Corporate Events.

Chart Hills Golf Club offers outstanding facilities on all fronts

We can tailor a day that is right for you or you can choose from

from conference to dining and wedding facilities and of course

one of our 3 Packages. All packages include Nearest the Pin

is an 18 hole championship golf course. Recognised as one

and Longest Drive Competitions, and are subject to group sizes

of the top courses in Europe by the prestigious Peugeot Golf

of 12 or more.

T E L : 0 1 5 8 0 2 9 2 2 2 2 | E M A I L : I N F O @ C H A R T H I L L S . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. C H A R T H I L L S . C O . U K

Society Packages

Winter Special 18 holes of Golf, Full English Breakfast with Tea and Coffee. November - March £45 The Faldo 18 Holes of Golf, Tea, Coffee & Bacon Roll and a One Course Lunch or Dinner. November - April £49. May/August/October £59.

June/July/September £79. The Parkinson 18 Holes of Golf, Tea, Coffee & Bacon Roll and a Two Course Lunch or Dinner, with Scorecard Management. November - April £59. May/August/October £69. June/July/September £89.

The Underwood 18 Holes of Golf, Full English Breakfast with Tea & Coffee, Three Course Lunch or Dinner, Scorecard Management. November - April £79. May/August/October £89. June/July/September £109. 38

Green Fees

Summer 2016 (April - Oct). £75 weekday, £95 weekend. Fourball offers available. Winter (Nov - March). From £45pp.

How to get there

From the M20 in Kent: Take junction 8, signposted to Lenham and Leeds Castle, follow the signs to Leeds Castle. Once on the B2163 pass the Castle entrance continue to the first major crossroads. Turn left towards Tenterden (the A274), follow the road on to Headcorn Road. As you will pass a garage on your right. Take the next left and left again into Chart Hills.

CHISLEHURST GOLF CLUB C A M D E N P L A C E | C A M D E N PA R K R O A D | C H I S L E H U R S T | K E N T B R 7 5 H J Founded in 1894 and situated within 70 acres of magnificent

challenging test of accuracy rather than length and uniquely

parkland in the heart of Chislehurst, just 11 miles south-east of

there are eight par-3s to tackle, each one of them a potential

Central London, Chislehurst Golf Club is steeped in history.

scorecard wrecker. With tree-lined fairways as well as hills and

The jewel in the crown is the spectacular clubhouse Camden

dales to negotiate during your round, you also have to tackle

Place which dates to 1717 and was, for a while during the 1870s,

the excellent and undulating greens, all meaning that you take

the home of Napoleon III, Empress Eugenie and their son the

the course lightly at your peril.

Prince Imperial.

A society outing to Chislehurst guarantees you a magnificent

The course will challenge golfers of all abilities, consistent

time on and off the course and not just in the summer, when a

with the design influences of the great Harry S Colt. It

west-facing terrace is ideal for relaxing over a drink and a meal

possesses a charm quite distinctively its own, offering visitors

while recounting tales of golfing glory from the day, watching

to the Club an all-round experience to remember.The course,

colleagues putt out on the 18th green.

which is widely regarded as one of Colt’s ‘hidden gems’, is a

T E L : 0 2 0 8 4 6 7 2 7 8 2 | E M A I L : T H E G M @ C H I S L E H U R S TG O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C H I S L E H U R S TG O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Corporate groups and societies are welcome and all packages, starting from £34 per person, can be tailored to suit requirements.

Green Fees Monday to Friday only £40 per person Seasonal offers available upon request. Visitor Restrictions: Weekdays only. Introduction by a member required at weekends.

How to get there Ten minutes from J3 of the M25, off the A20 on the A222 to Bromley.

Accommodation Details available on request.

Other Facilities Short game practice area and practice bunker, putting green, trolley hire, gift packs and personalised prizes by request, three bars in addition to three function rooms, snooker room.

HEVER CASTLE GOLF CLUB HEVER | KENT | TN8 7NP Set within 250 acres of truly beautiful Kentish Countryside, as

experience with historic natural beauty, while delivering

part of the Historic Hever Castle Estate, you will find Hever Castle

an innovative, modern approach to Club services.

Golf Club, bordering the counties of Essex, Surrey and Sussex.

• Organiser goes free of charge

The Club’s 27 Holes reside in an inspirational setting and are

(16 players in Winter, 20 in Summer)

played on the 7,002-yard Championship Course, comprising

• Discounted Preview rounds*

of the Kings (Front 9) and Queens (Back 9). This course is

• Winter – No temporary greens*

complemented by the additional Nine Hole Prince’s Course,

• 1 free buggy in every 8 booked

which together provide all the variety, challenge and refinement

• 50% discount on prebooking of range balls

today’s golfer has come to appreciate and enjoy.

• Book 2 golf days and receive 20% discount*

Awaiting your return, The Astor Lounge & Restaurant and

A friendly and welcoming club to golfers of all levels.

The 19th bar along with our Terrace offers golfers a welcoming

Come and experience your own memorable day, facilities

and inspiring setting. The Club today strives to preserve a golfing

open to non-members. *Terms and conditions apply

T E L : 0 1 7 3 2 7 0 1 0 0 3 | E M A I L : G O L F D AY S @ H E V E R . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. H E V E R . C O . U K

Society Packages Flexible packages: Winter from £31 and Summer from £42.50 Green fee prices: Winter and Summer from £20.

How to get there J6 M25 (anti-clockwise), take A22 to Godstone, turn left on A25 Sevenoaks. After three miles take Edenbridge road, follow signs to Hever Castle and the club is 0.5 miles on the right.

Accommodation 28 Five star luxury bed & breakfast. Please phone 01732 701003 for further details.

Other Facilities Driving range and practice area, Indoor Simulator and putting green, trolley and buggy hire and well stocked Pro Shop and Princes Suite for Corporate and Private Functions. Fleet of 16 buggies, Castle Golf School, putting and oncourse competitions, registration, scorecard management and gift packs. Visits to Hever Castle can be incorporated.

ETCHINGHILL GOLF CLUB C A N T E R B U R Y R O A D | E TC H I N G H I L L | F O L K E S TO N E | K E N T | C T 1 8 8 FA Opened in May 1995, the 18-hole, par-70 Leas course at

both adults and children, Etchinghill provides a pleasant and

Etchinghill soon gained a popular reputation among both

relaxed setting in which to learn and practise the game.

members and visiting golfers. Carved into the hillside

Off the course, the extensive clubhouse offers a large dining

overlooking the Elham Valley, the original 18-hole course is

room, bistro, spike bar and lounge, and facilities for both

distinctly different to the additional nine holes Valley course,

corporate and private hire.

which extend over stunning parkland.

Pentland Golf offers all societies retail discounts, an adverse

The extensive facilities at Etchinghill include a floodlit, 11-bay

weather guarantee and one central booking point. Book today

covered driving range, nine-hole academy course, practice

and experience Pentland Golfâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s unique contemporary approach

putting and chipping areas. With excellent tuition available for

to your game.

T E L : 0 1 3 0 3 8 6 3 8 6 3 | W E B : W W W. P E N T L A N D G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Available seven days per week. Pentland Golf offer more players bigger discounts. Play Etchinghill and Boughton, then return to either club within 12 months to receive 50% discount on package price.

Green Fees Visitors welcome every day.

How to get there Leave the M20 at junction 12 and take the first exit at the roundabout (A20). At next roundabout take B2065 towards Etchinghill and Canterbury. Drive through Etchinghill and the course entrance is on your right as you leave the village. 42

Accommodation Other Facilities Telephone club for assistance. See Pentland Golfâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Boughton Club on page 37. Phone: 0800 258 5018 for details of society packages.

LYDD GOLF CLUB

LY D D GOLF CLUB R O M N E Y R O A D | LY D D | R O M N E Y M A R S H | K E N T | T N 2 9 9 L S Lydd Golf Club is an undiscovered gem on the South East Coast.

We have a friendly and welcoming team and our pro shop

It combines classic risk and reward golf with breath-taking

can accommodate your every requirement and provide all your

lakes and links style, making this an extremely enjoyable test of

essential golfing needs, including trollies and buggies. Before

skill and control. The golf course is a challenging 6,629 yard

or after your round, relax and unwind in our superb clubhouse

Par 71 and is an ideal venue to host society days and corporate

in the capable hands of our experienced catering team, who

events. Boasting an 18 bay, undercover, floodlight driving range

can provide anything from light refreshments to 3 course meals

along with a 6-hole Academy Course, Lydd Golf Club is fully

tailored to each individual requirement.

equipped to provide a first class service to all.

We look forward to welcoming you to our club soon.

T E L : 0 1 7 9 7 3 2 0 8 0 8 | E M A I L : G O L F @ LY D D G O L F C LU B . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. LY D D G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages 18 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening meal options Packages start from £23.50pp Packages can be tailored to individual requirements.

Green Fees £18 Monday to Friday. £25 Saturday and Sunday. Green fee special offers available through our website www.lyddgolfclub.co.uk

How to get there One mile from the A259, between Folkestone and Hastings, which is two miles west of the Cinque port town of New Romney. An hour from London with ease of access from M25 and M2. 43

Accommodation The club can recommend superb places to stay in the surrounding area upon request.

Other Facilities 18 hole Championship course, 6 hole Par 3 Academy course, 18 bay floodlight driving range, 2 putting greens, chipping green, spacious clubhouse with function room, fully stocked licensed bar, pro shop, car park, free WiFi.

LEEDS CASTLE GOLF COURSE M A I D S TO N E | K E N T | M E 1 7 I P L Golfers never forget the first time they tee off on the historic

The course is licenced and alcoholic refreshments can be

fairways at Leeds Castle, “the loveliest Castle in the world”. The

enjoyed on the outdoor terrace overlooking the Castle. We are

par 34 Golf Course provides both challenging and spectacular

able to cater for most dietary requirements with advance notice.

holes from start to finish with the 6th hole, featured above,

Throughout the year, Societies can enjoy one of our

giving one of the most iconic views in golf.

packages or contact the Golf Manager for a bespoke visit.

Open daily, the course offers golfers spectacular and not

Our new Golf Breaks are available for stays of two or more

often seen views of the Castle from a different perspective. The

days. ‘Pay and Play’ golf, or ‘Season Tickets’ starting at £320

newly refurbished Pro Shop now boasts the addition of Sue’s

for a year.

Kitchen, serving generously filled breakfast rolls, homemade

We do not use temporary greens or tees during the

cooked lunches – all freshly made to order. If there is something

winter months to ensure the course plays at its full length all

particular you would like then please just ask.

year round.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 2 7 6 7 8 2 8 | W E B : W W W. L E E D S C A S T L E G O L F. C O M

Society Packages 9 holes, full English Breakfast and coffee package starts at £19.50pp (weekdays). 9 holes, one course lunch package starts at £23pp (weekdays). Leeds Castle Golf Breaks are also available.

Green Fees Weekdays from £14pp for 9 holes or £24pp for 18 holes, weekends and bank holidays from £18pp for 9 holes or £27.50 for 18 holes. Prices valid until 31 March 2018.

How to get there Leave junction 8 at M20 and take Ashford Road/A20 and Penfold Hill/B2163. Turn right at the Park Gate Inn, the entrance to the Golf Centre is signposted.

Accommodation Leeds Castle offers Golf Breaks with overnight accommodation in the Stable Courtyard. Please visit the website for more information and latest prices.

Other Facilities Golf coaching is available for groups or individuals in half hour, 1 hour or 9 hole playing sessions. Short-game practice area. Changing rooms with shower facilities, club and trolley hire all available.

LITTLESTONE GOLF CLUB S T. A N D R E W S R O A D | L I T T L E S TO N E | K E N T | T N 2 8 8 R B Designed by the same man that built Royal St George’s, and

and well-placed bunkers and quick greens ramp up the challenge,

subsequently refined by renowned architects James Braid and

while the closing stretch is among the most formidable to be found.

Alister MacKenzie, and latterly Donald Steel and Peter Alliss,

As well as the Championship course, Littlestone also offers

Littlestone is one of England’s most revered links courses. Host

the Warren Course, a 5,242-yard, par 67 course that is a great

of the first Ladies Championship in 1894, countless final qualifying

introduction to links golf and is ideal for societies with a wide range

tournaments for the Open, and numerous elite amateur events,

of handicaps. Set on the edge of the famous Romney Marsh, the

Littlestone is steeped in golfing history.

free-draining course offers fast-running fairways defined by natural

With the exception of some new back tees, visitors will find

dunes, thick rough and classic links bunkers.

the course largely unchanged since MacKenzie’s day, and will

Societies are welcome on both courses, and in addition we can

discover a classic flat, fast-running links measuring 6,438 yards off

add to your day by providing range balls, a golf clinic, a welcome

the whites. From most tees everything is laid out in front of you,

bag, one-to-one lessons or a host of other ideas to help you enjoy

although there is the occasional semi-blind shot. Numerous deep

your day.

T E L : 0 1 7 9 7 3 6 3 3 5 5 | E M A I L : I N F O @ @ L I T T L E S TO N E G O L F C LU B . O R G . U K W E B : L I T T L E S TO N E G O L F C LU B . O R G . U K

Society Packages Championship Course: Coffee, bacon roll, 18 holes and 1-course meal £73 (£53 winter). Warren Course: Coffee, bacon roll and 18 holes £22.50 (winter price £18); add £6pp for a two-course meal.

Green Fees Championship Links Summer £80 Winter £50. Warren £20/£25 (weekday/w/e). Twilight Championship £50 and Warren from £12.50. Visitor Restrictions: Visitors are welcome during weekdays and on certain weekends. The Championship Links is a 2-ball course, although 4-balls are welcome on Wednesdays after 9.30 am and after 11am on Mondays, Fridays and Sundays (after 12 in summer). 46

How to get there M20 from London, come off at Junction 10. Club is two miles east of New Romney, 15 miles south of Ashford.

Accommodation There is a wide range of guesthouses and hotels nearby. Ask the club for recommendations.

Other Facilities Clubhouse, restaurant, bar, driving range, pro shop, club and trolley hire.

LONDON GOLF CLUB S TA N S T E D L A N E | A S H | N R B R A N D S H ATC H | K E N T T N 1 5 7 E H

is uniquely positioned to welcome and cater for visiting golfers,

distinction. When at the club, you can be sure you’ll have an

golf days, meetings and weddings in addition to providing a

experience to remember both on and off-course from the moment

membership experience that surpasses expectations.

you drive through the gates, into the glorious surroundings of the

The International course is pure downland. Long grasses sway

South East’s finest golfing destination.

in an ever-changing breeze. The course is naturally firmer and the

As the only Joint Venture Partner Golf Club of the European

quick undulating fairways force a links-style approach, while short

Tour and part of the prestigious European Tour Properties and IMG

holes over water provide dramatic respite.

Prestige networks, London Golf Club provides an oasis of golfing

Home of the 2014 Volvo World Match Play Championship and

tranquillity in 700 acres of idyllic Kent countryside, just 20 miles

having hosted both Regional Open Qualifying and European Tour

from the Capital.

Qualifying School, this course proves a tough test for the most

With its all-encompassing facilities and convenient access to

talented of golfers while providing the opportunity to shoot some

major motorways, rail networks and international airports, the club

great scores with a number of risk-reward holes.

T E L : 0 1 4 74 8 7 9 8 9 9 | FA X : 0 1 4 74 8 7 9 9 1 2 | W E B : W W W. LO N D O N G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Corporate groups and societies are welcome and packages are tailored to meet requirements. Prices start at £85 per person including breakfast, 18 holes, meal, range balls and use of practice facilities.

Green Fees Prices vary depending on the season. Please visit the website for more info.

How to get there Leave M25 (Junction 3). Follow A20 signs to Brands Hatch. Pass Brands Hatch, go through West Kingsdown and pass under motorway bridge.Turn immediately left into Stansted Lane. Club entrance is on left. 48

Accommodation There are a number of hotels and bed & breakfasts within a five-minute drive. For more details please call 01474 875 752.

Other Facilities Driving range and short game practice area. Range closes on Monday from 10am for maintenance.

NORTH FORELAND GOLF CLUB C O N V E N T R O A D | B R O A D S TA I R S | K E N T | C T 1 0 3 P U As an Open Final Qualifying Venue North Foreland Golf Club

As many lovers of the game will testify, once you have played

has it all - an unrivalled free draining chalk downland course

golf at North Foreland, the urge to return becomes irresistible.

offering all-year round golf coupled with stunning scenery and

Cliff top vistas, beautiful fairways and alluring greens all serve to

breathtaking views of the coast.

make your game a unique and memorable experience.

Founded in 1903, the course is situated on the Kent coast at the

After walking off the 18th green, the clubhouse beckons,

point where the English Channel becomes the North Sea. In 1912

where friendly and professional staff will make you feel welcome.

Fowler and Simpson were employed to extend the original 9 holes

Following relaxation, and reflection on your game in the company

and they designed the existing full 18 hole course. The amazing

of friends, you’ll soon be planning your next visit to North Foreland.

legacy of that vision lives on to this day to be enjoyed by one and all.

T E L : 0 1 8 4 3 8 6 2 1 4 0 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ N O R T H F O R E L A N D . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. N O R T H F O R E L A N D . C O . U K

Society Packages Package A £50.50 Package B £57.50 Package C £60.50 Package D £64 Package E £78 Package F £81

Coffee full English breakfast 18 holes – main course Coffee on arrival 18 holes – main course 2 course meal Coffee & bacon bap 18 holes – main course 2 course meal Coffee on arrival 27 holes – main course lite lunch Coffee on arrival 27/36 holes – main course lunch & 2 course meal Coffee & bacon bap 18 holes – Par 3 course lunch 18 Holes – main course 2 course meal

Green Fees

Main Course £45 per round or £60 for a day ticket, par 3 course £8 per round and £12 day ticket Mon – Fri, weekends £10 per round or £15 all day. 50

How to get there Directions: - North Foreland is situated in Broadstairs in Kent, overlooking the East Kent coast, equidistant between Margate and Ramsgate. For satellite navigation purposes our postcode is CT10 3PU.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details

Other Facilities

We have practise facilities which include: - putting green, chipping green, chipping area, bunker and a practise ground. We also have 2 tennis courts. Other facilities include ground floor restaurant, men’s and ladies locker rooms, on the first floor there is a large bar / function room with spectacular views across the course and the North Sea.

PEDHAM PLACE GOLF CENTRE LO N D O N R O A D | S WA N L E Y | K E N T | B R 8 8 P P Pedham Place Golf Centre is the place to be, offering excellent

It also has a par-three Academy course, which is ideal for

facilities and friendly service throughout the complex, to societies,

a warm-up round or just a fun competition. A warm welcome

companies and corporate organisations wishing to host golf days,

always awaits in the new clubhouse, where friendly staff will greet

charity days, competitions and tournaments. The 18-hole, par-72

and welcome your guests on the day, ensuring all their needs

Championship course was designed by John Fortune and has

are catered for. Packages can be arranged to suit your specific

been constructed to the highest specifications.

requirements.

The links-style layout features an abundance of wildlife, a carp-

The 40 bay covered driving range is an ideal place to warm up

filled lake and has excellent drainage, making the course playable

for your round or work on your game with our coaching team led

all year round. It provides an exciting challenge to both low- and

by Kent County 1st team coach, Tim Milford. Lessons are available

high-handicap players, while enjoying the magnificent views across

7 days a week at a very competitive rate.

the Darenth Valley.

Come along in Happy Hour and receive 50% more balls.

T E L : 0 1 3 2 2 8 6 7 0 0 0 | E M A I L : : I N F O @ P P G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. P P G C . C O . U K

Society Packages Available seven days a week, email or phone for details.

Green Fees Special offers always available, please phone for details. Visitors Restrictions: Normal dress code, soft spikes preferred.

How to get there Leave the M25 at junction 3. Take the A20 and follow signs towards Brands Hatch. At the first roundabout take the third exit. You have now arrived at Pedham Place Golf Centre.

Accommodation Please phone for details.

Other Facilities Par-3 Academy course, 40-bay floodlit driving range with Power Tees. Full catering facilities. 14 buggies available for hire.

P O U LT W O O D GOLF COURSE H I G H A M L A N E | TO N B R I D G E | K E N T | T N 1 1 9 Q R Poult Wood is a picturesque woodland course situated three miles

need to be in control of the ball, but itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s very user friendly and

north of Tonbridge and offers a choice of two interesting and

mature, with wonderful vistas from the Clubhouse. The 9 Hole par

challenging courses with Golf Warden on hand, reserved tee times

3 is a high quality course of 1,221 yards (1,171 metres), starting and

and a great restaurant and bar, making it the ideal venue for any

finishing in ancient woodland, with many holes giving panoramic

golf society. It has a reputation for being one of the finest quality

views across the Weald of Kent.

pay and play courses in the South of England.

Poult Wood has a relaxed and friendly atmosphere, which is

The 18 Hole par 68 Course is 5,524 yards (5,050 metres) and

extended to societies, who can choose from a menu of flexible

offers a well balanced blend of par 3s, 4s and a par 5. The Course

options to suit individual needs. Full catering is available in

is designed to challenge the more accomplished golfer but also to

the Clubhouse Bar and Restaurant which offers comfortable

give a great society experience.

surroundings, first class service and great value for money.

Offering tree-lined fairways, the course is quite tight, so you

For further information please visit www.poultwood.co.uk.

T E L : 0 1 7 3 2 3 6 4 0 3 9 | E M A I L : P O U LT W O O D G O L F @ T M A C T I V E . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. P O U LT W O O D . C O . U K

Society Packages Societies are welcome seven days a week at Poult Wood. Our menu of golf and catering options allow you to book a day that suits your requirements and budget, all of which reflect a discount against our standard charges. Please visit our website.

Green Fees For 18 and 9 Hole green fees please visit our website.

How to get there By Car: Poult Wood is signed from the A227 Shipbourne Road, in Higham Lane, three miles from Tonbridge town centre â&#x20AC;&#x201C; postcode TN11 9QR. There is plenty of parking with CCTV coverage over both the main car park and the overflow car park. By Rail: Poult Wood is situated three miles from Tonbridge Station, with connections direct from Charing Cross and Ashford. Taxis are for hire outside the station.

Academy is fuelled by numerous facilities that include a 200

winter courses in the UK. The grounds are based on 150 acres

yard range, a short game area and a very impressive high-tech

of undulating woodland situated between Brands Hatch and

Trackman Simulator & Club Fitting room. For short game addicts,

Bluewater, designed and created by Jonathan Gaunt.

a state of the art Putting & Chipping Studio is under construction

The club offer a range of top class facilities that encompass

and will challenge the wannabe Spieth’s amongst us.

everything about the game of golf. The course is a fantastic all-

The clubhouse has stunning views and is the focal point for all

year round challenge, being built on chalk and sand means no

visitors. Treatment rooms run by Performance-4-Golf are available

restrictions, no winter greens, no closures or alterations - keeping

for those with niggles or simply in need of some R&R, offering a

golfers of all standards challenged throughout the year.

picture-perfect place of relaxation. You hear it all the time, but this

Jay Kelly and his PGA Professionals offer a wide range of lessons to improve your performance on the golf course. The

time take note... If you’re a fair-weather player, then Redlibbets Golf Club really could be your winter cure.

T E L : 0 1 4 74 8 7 2 2 74 | E M A I L : P R O S H O P @ R E D L I B B E T S . C O M | W E B : W W W. R E D L I B B E T S . C O M

Society Packages A range of society packages are available and can be tailored to your needs. Prices starting from £25pp including breakfast and daily prizes.

Green Fees Prices range from £20 weekdays to £30 weekends on the 18 hole course. Discounts available when booked online @ www.redlibbets.com

How to get there Situated 10mins from junction 3 of the M25 or the A2.5mins from the M20 Train: Ebbsfleet Int. is only 10min shuttle bus.

Accommodation Please contact the club for recommendations.

Other Facilities Treatment rooms, trackman simulator room, venue hire for weddings, parties or corporate events.

ROCHESTER & COBHAM GOLF CLUB PA R K PA L E | R O C H E S T E R | K E N T | M E 2 3 U L Rochester & Cobham Park GC, one of the oldest golf clubs in

Since the new course was completed the club has hosted the

England began life in 1891, known simply as Rochester Golf Club

Kent Amateur Championship, the Brabazon Trophy final qualifier

with a 9-hole course. The club moved to the present site in 1920,

and two International matches, as well as hosting regional

and in 1992 the Government unveiled the route of the Channel

qualifying for The Open Championship.

Tunnel rail link resulting in major reconstruction of the course,

In addition to the challenging parkland course, the Club

and opening of the present clubhouse in 1997.

boasts excellent practice facilities, all year round golf, due to

The design for the new course was entrusted to Donald Steel,

the chalk subsoil, a friendly clubhouse serving real ales & home

who masterminded the modern St. Andrews complex. All 18

cooked food.

greens are constructed to USGA guidelines and offer a wealth

The Club welcomes applications for membership from

of subtle borrows. The course is now one of the finest inland

all categories of male and female golfers, from juniors to

courses in the country.

intermediates to full membership.

T E L : 0 1 4 74 8 2 3 4 1 1 | E M A I L : M A N A G E R @ R O C H E S T E R A N D C O B H A M G C . C O . U K W E B : W W W. R O C H E S T E R A N D C O B H A M G C . C O . U K

Society Packages A range of society packages are available on Tuesday afternoons and all day Thursdays. All society days are tailored to your exact requirements. Society Winter Specials are offered from November â&#x20AC;&#x201C; March.

Green Fees Green Fees are welcome seven days a week, including Bank Holidays. To check availability of the course and book a tee time and/or buggies, contact the Pro Shop on 01474 823658.

How to get there R&CPGC is conveniently situated 2 minutes from the A2, taking the Shorne/Cobham slip, 10 minutes from M25 & Dartford Crossing and just a short drive from Ebbsfleet International. 54

Accommodation Local hotels are easily accessible. Please contact the Club for a list of recommendations.

Other Facilities Driving Range, Short game practice area, chipping green & putting green. Buggies & electric & push trollies available for hire.

SWEETWOODS PARK GOLF CLUB C O L E S TO C K R O A D | C O W D E N | E D E N B R I D G E | K E N T | T N 8 7 AY Sweetwoods Park is a stunning Par 72, 18 hole parkland course

whether you’re after a light bite or something more substantial,

situated on the A264 between Tunbridge Wells and East

Sweetwoods Park can cater.

Grinstead.

Visitors are welcomed year round and competitive packages

Set within the Wealden Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty, the course boasts an array of spectacular views and offers an

are available for societies and corporate days, which can be personalised to your requirements.

outstanding golfing experience.

Visit sweetwoodspark.com for more information and to

Continual investment in the course is given year round to ensure it is always at an exceptional standard. A contemporary Clubhouse offers the perfect area to relax

book a tee time. Alternatively give the Pro Shop a call on 01342 850729 Ext 1 or call 01342 850729 Ext 2 for society or corporate bookings.

after your round of golf with stunning views available from the Terrace Bar. A great variety of food is available daily,

The team look forward to welcoming you to Sweetwoods Park soon.

T E L : 0 1 3 4 2 8 5 0 7 2 9 | E M A I L : G O L F @ S W E E T W O O D S PA R K . C O M | W E B : W W W. S W E E T W O O D S PA R K . C O M

Society Packages Winter packages start from £31.75pp Summer packages start from £43.75pp One green fee deducted for every 12 players. Repeat booking loyalty discounts are offered with 5% off the package price per person. Certain restrictions apply for when society/ corporate bookings can be taken; speak to a member of the team for more information.

Green Fees 18 hole weekday rate £30 18 hole weekday twilight rate £22 18 hole weekend rate £35 18 hole weekend twilight rate £25 Please note prices do increase in the summer months. Prices correct at time of printing. Visitors can play 7 days a week but please be aware there are some member only playing times. Bookings can be made 7 days in advance. 55

How To Get There Sweetwoods Park is located directly on the A264 between Tunbridge Wells, Kent and East Grinstead, West Sussex. The postcode is not reliable with sat navs or Google maps so instead please search for Colestock Road, which will show the correct location.

Other Facilities On-site Pro Shop with indoor Swing Studio.

THE RIDGE GOLF CLUB C H A R T WAY S T R E E T | E A S T S U T TO N | M A I D S TO N E | K E N T M E 1 7 3 J B Under new ownership as of July 2017, The Ridge offers 18 holes

hire (be sure to book buggies in advance!) and there are large

and 6,214 yards of beautiful parkland set in a rural location in the

changing room and car parking facilities.

village of East Sutton, only 6 miles from Maidstone.

Our spacious clubhouse, built in the style of a Kentish barn,

The par-71 course was designed by Patrick Dawson and has

offers many options to cater for societies of all sizes. Enjoy a

matured into one of the finest, most challenging courses in the

post-round drink in the spikes bar and in the summer months

local area, enjoying stunning views over the Weald of Kent. Built

venture out onto the South-facing terrace with views over the

on sandstone, it allows year-round play with no need for winter

18th hole and lake. Our newly-refurbished restaurant and events

greens or tees.

suite will suit large groups of diners, while smaller groups may

The facilities at The Ridge include an 8-bay driving range (plus

wish to use one of our more private dining areas. Our seasonal

private teaching bay), as well as extensive putting, chipping and

menu incorporates fresh, local produce and our hospitality team

short game practice areas. Stock up on essentials at our excellent

will cater to your exact requirements in order to make your golf

value pro shop. Buggies and trolleys are readily available for

day a success.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 2 3 9 1 0 0 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ T H E R I D G E G O L F C LU B K E N T. C O . U K W E B : W W W.T H E R I D G E G O L F C LU B K E N T. C O . U K

Society Packages A range of society packages are on offer and can be tailored to your needs. Prices start at £18pp for tea/coffee, bacon rolls and 18 holes. Minimum 12 players. For bookings over 20 players the organiser goes free. All packages include Nearest the Pin and Longest Drive Competitions, and trophies can be provided on request.

Green Fees From £32 peak times to £15 twilight. Booking available online at www. theridgegolfclubkent.co.uk

How to get there The Ridge is less than 10 minutes from Junction 8 of the M20. Follow the B2163 through the villages of Leeds and Langley Heath, turn left onto the A274 then Chartway Street is the first turning on the left. The Ridge is half a mile ahead on your left. 56

Accommodation Please contact the club for local recommendations.

THE WEALD OF KENT GOLF COURSE & HOTEL M A I D S TO N E R O A D | H E A D C O R N | K E N T | T N 2 7 9 P T The Weald of Kent Golf Course is a picturesque par-70 parkland

golf buggies are available year round, weather permitting.

course situated on the outskirts of Maidstone, Kent. Onsite

We have an outstanding reputation for freshly made hearty

Facilities include the newly built 16 room hotel and an existing

dishes to make your day extra special, and our staff in the

19 room lodge. The lodge overlooks the ninth green and is

proshop and bar areas will offer a friendly welcome.

popular with golf breaks of all sizes. A comfortable bar and

The Weald of Kent specialises in society, corporate and

restaurant area is available in the clubhouse with views over the

charity golf days of all sizes and the well-stocked proshop

surrounding lakes.

(stocked by www.golfgeardirect.co.uk) guarantees online prices

Main tees and main greens are used year round (we do not

with in-store service.

have temporary greens or synthetic teeing areas) and electric

For further information log on to www.weald-of-kent.co.uk.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 2 8 9 0 8 6 6 | E M A I L : P R O S H O P @ W E A L D - O F - K E N T. C O . U K | W E B : W W W.W E A L D - O F - K E N T. C O . U K

Society Packages Societies welcome seven days a week. Book your summer society for as little as £25pp, which includes coffee and bacon baps on arrival. Winter societies from £17.50pp, including coffee and bacon baps.

Green Fees 18 hole adult weekday fee between 7-10am £26, after 12pm £20. Senior weekday fee £18. Twilight fee from £10. 18 hole adult weekend fee between 7-11am £33, after 12pm £27. Senior fee £27. Twilight fee from £10. Throughout the Summer all Wednesdays are £15pp per round. Throughout November-March weekday greenfess are £15pp. 57

How to get there The Weald of Kent is located on the A274, exit the M20 at junction 8, through Leeds Village on the B2163 and turn left on the A274, the Weald is located 2 miles on the left-hand side.

Accommodation 19 Room Lodge and a newly opened 16 room Hotel and fitness centre. Golf Breaks available from £65pp, breakfast and 18 holes.

Other Facilities Restaurant, hotel, conference centre, function room and golf tuition facilities.

WEST KENT GOLF CLUB MILKING LANE | DOWNE | KENT | BR6 7LD Founded in 1916, West Kent is a well established and highly

at just under 6000 yards. Major investment has been made in

respected private members’ club. Located in an attractive rural

recent years including a state of the art irrigation system and

setting between Downe Village and Down House, our continued

development of new pathways and improvements to our greens.

success has been achieved by upholding golf’s best traditions of

Visitors are warmly welcomed at West Kent all year round.

etiquette, courtesy and friendship.

Casual Visitors can play weekdays by booking a tee time through

The course at Downe was built in 1925 to the design of W H

the pro shop. Visitors may also play Sunday if there is tee

Fowler and J F Abercrombie, who have designed many clubs in

availability by booking through the pro shop.

the area including, The Berkshire, Walton Heath and Coombe Hill. The 6,427 yard course has a challenging mixture of undulating

We have various society packages to suit all requirements and can take societies,

features based on woodland, downland and parkland holes to

Why not come down and visit West Kent Golf Club and see

test all abilities. West Kent is the longest ladies course in Kent

why our visitors return time and time again!

T E L : 0 1 6 8 9 8 5 1 3 2 3 | E M A I L : S T E V E @ W K G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.W K G C . C O . U K

Society Packages

Full Day Package 1. 36 holes of golf, morning coffee plus bacon rolls, lunch and 3 course dinner. £80. Full Day Package 2. 31 Holes of golf, morning coffee plus bacon rolls, lunch and 3 course dinner. £75. Half Day Package. 18 holes of golf (am or pm) plus coffee and 3 course lunch or 3 course dinner. £54. A wide choice of lunch & dinner menus are available please contact us for more information. 28 or more golfers will receive a nearest the pin prize.

Green Fees

18 holes £55. Golf all day £75. Inter county card £30. Twilight after 4 pm £25. All visitor green fees limited to six visits per person in one year. Green fees are welcome Monday to Friday by prior arrangement with the Professional Shop. Green fees Saturday (Not Available). Green fees Sunday (Limited availability). Please contact our Club Professional for times to visit. 58

How to get there

Accessible from M2 from Canterbury to A21 and M25 from Essex to A21. Also accessible from M3, M20 and M4 to A21.

Accommodation Available on request.

Other Facilities

Pro shop with bespoke custom club fitting service from Driver to Putter. Superb teaching facilities and home to The PuttLab.

WEST MALLING GOLF CLUB T R OT T I S C L I F F E R O A D | A D D I N G TO N | W E S T M A L L I N G | K E N T | M E 1 9 5 A R On arrival you will be welcomed into our friendly club house,

After your round of golf be sure to sample the dining facilities

perfectly equipped with a well-stocked bar, outside terrace with

available with an extensive bar menu or simply relax with a

views across the course, changing facilities and a pro shop.

drink and enjoy the sports TV, or on the terrace overlooking the

The two 18 Hole courses, Spitfire and Hurricane, named in honour of the iconic fighter planes that flew out of the nearby

18th hole of the Spitfire course with excellent views of the hills and beyond.

airfield during the Second World War, are a challenge for all

We pride ourselves on a friendly welcome, attention to detail

standards of golfer. The courses are surrounded by beautiful

and a flexible approach to ensure you and your guests enjoy

undulating countryside, with many mature trees and panoramic

the perfect golf day. Whether you choose a pre-set package or

views overlooking the North Downs.

are looking for us to help you create a completely unique golf

We offer fantastic practice facilities here at West Malling, with a 10 Bay covered driving range, putting greens and chipping area.

day experience, our dedicated team are ready to cater for your every need.

T E L : 0 1 7 3 2 8 4 4 7 8 5 | E M A I L : I N F O @ W E S T M A L L I N G G O L F. C O M | W E B : W W W.W E S T M A L L I N G G O L F. C O M

Society Packages

18, 30 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site chefs. Winter Season November to March Packages start from £22pp Peak Season - May, June, July &

September Packages start from £30pp Off Peak – April, August & October Packages start from £24.50pp We are always happy to discuss you personal requirements to suit your individual requirements.

Green Fees

Book online for our best rates www. westmallinggolf.com or call 01732 844785

How to get there

Located just of junction 4 of the M20 which connects directly to the M26 and M25, just 30 minute drive from London. West Malling station is 5 minutes by taxi. Find ample free parking on-site.

Accommodation

The club can recommend excellent hotels in West Malling, Maidstone and the surrounding area.

Other Facilities

Two 18-hole courses, modern club house, bar, outside terrace, function rooms, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, meeting rooms, large car park, putting green and driving range.

WESTERHAM GOLF CLUB VA L E N C E PA R K | B R A S T E D R D | W E S T E R H A M | T N 1 6 1 Q N Boasting established forestry, lakes and stunning views over the

out in a grandstand finish in front of the clubhouse!

Kent North Downs, Westerham’s 6,300 yard par 72 course is a

Exceptional first class practice facilities including an indoor golf

picturesque golfing challenge you will not quickly forget.

simulator, short game practice area, 10 acre driving range and its

Fairways lined with pine trees, colourful rhododendrons,

latest development, ‘The Churchill 9’ - a new 9 hole golf course,

strategically placed bunkers and three beautiful water features

sets Westerham apart from the rest.

make Westerham a solid test for any standard of golfer. Built to a

Off the course, a warm welcome awaits you in Westerham’s

high standard with USGA specification greens and full irrigation

contemporary clubhouse, which offers first class facilities for dining

throughout, Westerham is playable all year round.

and entertaining and panoramic views across the lakes & fountains

With a number of memorable holes, such as the par 3 ‘eye of

to the course beyond.

the storm’ 11th with daunting pine trees and bunkers protecting a

Whether you choose one of our pre-set packages or opt for a

small green, a round at Westerham will stay in your memory, as will

tailored day, our experienced team will work with you to ensure

the closing hole, which requires lake & bunker clearance to play

your visit is an enjoyable one.

T E L : 0 1 9 5 9 5 6 7 1 0 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ W E S T E R H A M G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.W E S T E R H A M G C . C O . U K

Society Packages

Society packages require a minimum of 8 golfers. Winter Package 1st November 2017 - 31st March 2018): Coffee & Bacon Roll & 18 Holes - £25 per person Summer Packages 18, 27 & 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dinner options, freshly prepared by our chef. Packages starting from £49 per person Offers: 10% discount available on all society bookings in April and August

Green Fees

We welcome visitors 7 days a week. Please book online for our best rates: www.westerhamgc.co.uk or call 01959 567 100

How to get there

Accommodation

Westerham Golf Club is located on We can recommend the A25 just outside the village of good hotels in the Westerham, just minutes from the surrounding area. M25, A21 & M26 motorways. Approximately 40 mins from London, the nearest train stations are Oxted and Sevenoaks, both of which have taxi ranks (10-15 mins by car).

Other Facilities

• 18 hole course & 9 hole course • 10 acre Driving Range, Short Game practice area, Putting Green & practice nets • Contemporary clubhouse with function suite, on-site catering & bars • Pro-shop • Free Wi-Fi • Changing Rooms & Lockers • Outside terrace

HERTFORDSHIRE & MIDDLESEX

BUSH HILL PARK GOLF CLUB B U S H H I L L | W I N C H M O R E H I L L | LO N D O N | N 2 1 2 B U Bush Hill Park Golf Club is set in a beautiful parkland location

drive and nearest the pin signs on the course to add an extra

in North London, easily accessible from both the city centre

bit of competition to your day, and for large societies a shot-gun

and the M25. The course was designed by Harry Vardon and

start can be organised. Both the putting green and the practice

James Braid, two of the greatest players in the history of the

range are available to use while you wait to tee-off.

game, winning 11 Open Championships between them. The Club

After playing golf on the beautifully maintained course you

plays host to many societies every year and has a high rate of

can enjoy a drink in the warm and welcoming bar. Complete

returning visitors, keen to experience the fantastic course and

your day with a delicious freshly prepared meal in the

facilities again.

restaurant, with a wide range of set menus available. Golf and

Society days begin with breakfast in the magnificent

menu options can be amended to suit the requirements of your

clubhouse, the ideal place to gather together and look forward

group, simply speak to the office about bespoke options.

to the day ahead. The pro-shop staff are able to place longest

T E L : 0 2 0 8 3 6 0 5 7 3 8 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S @ B H P G C . C O M | W E B : W W W. B H P G C . C O M

Society Packages Standard Summer and Winter Packages include a coffee and bacon roll, 18 holes of golf, and a one course lunch in our restaurant. £35 winter / £45 summer.

Green Fees £35. Visitor restrictions – Visitors welcome, call the pro shop to enquire.

How to get there Close to M25 junctions 24 and 25. 11 miles from central London. Closest stations are Enfield Town and Enfield Chase. Oakwood for underground.

Other Facilities Practice range and putting green. Warm and welcoming clubhouse with great dining and bar facilities. Large pro shop with preferential rates on prizes for golf day bookings.

HANBURY MANOR MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB C A M B R I D G E R O A D , T H U N D R I D G E , WA R E , H E R T F O R D S H I R E , S G 1 2 0 S D Our 18-hole championship golf course provides the perfect combination of substance and sophistication. Our country club, also offers a golf simulator and breath-taking panoramic views of Hertfordshire countryside. The prestigious golf course was the first to be designed by Jack Nicklaus II and still incorporates features from an earlier 9-hole course designed by the great Harry Vardon. The course is widely recognised as one of the best parkland course in England, with each hole offering a different challenge. Hanbury provides an exciting experience for golfers of all skill levels. From the championship tees, the course measures 7,052 yards. The USGA greens and numerous tee boxes provide excellent

surfaces and year round playability. The beautiful manor house began its life as a home to the Hanbury family that later was adopted into a Roman Catholic boarding school known as Poles Convent. The chapel with its original features now acts as the main banqueting hall recognised as Poles Hall. Play 15 of the finest golf course in the World right here at Hanbury Manor. Our cutting edge golf simulator is available for exclusive hire from £20 per person, per hour. Come with friends and challenge each other with numerous games and competitions like Nearest to the Pin or Longest Drive. Our Golf Pros are also available for tuition and exclusive custom fitting service.

T E L : 0 1 9 2 0 4 8 7 7 2 2 | E M A I L : S A L E S . H A N B U R Y M A N O R @ M A R R I OT T H OT E L S . C O M

Society Packages Contact us for details.

Green Fees From £55pp to £95pp. Please contact our golf sales team on 01920 487 722 to book for groups of 8 or more players Monday to Friday or to book one of our great residential golf packages to come and enjoy our challenging championship golf course. We look forward to welcoming you to Hanbury Manor Golf & Country Club.

How to get there Hanbury Manor is located just off the A10 at the Ware exit.

Accommodation Hanbury Manor Hotel has 161 bedrooms available including luxury suites.

Other Facilities Golf Buggies are available. Hanbury Manor Hotel also boasts an award winning spa and leisure facilities. Cast Iron Grill & Terrace, open for breakfast, lunch and dinner, 161 bedrooms and a host of other function rooms are available to hire.

HARTSBOURNE COUNTRY CLUB H A R T S B O U R N E AV E N U E | B U S H E Y H E AT H | W D 2 3 1 J W Hartsbourne Country Club is one of the most prestigious

There is a new look and modern Pro-shop, Golf operations

private members golf clubs in the south east of England and

desk and golfers bistro restaurant and bar. There is also a larger

is now opening its doors to visitors and societies.

more formal restaurant and function area and the changing

The club is situated in Bushey Heath, on the county borders

rooms ( equipped with visitor lockers, showers and a sauna)

of Hertfordshire and Middlesex and within the M25. Hartsbourne

are first class There are also private rooms available to hire for

has 27 individually challenging holes set in over 180 acres of

breakfast or business meetings.

beautifully manicured and mature parkland. Known particularly

Before playing, there is a practice range with free balls

for stunning views, Hartsbourne is a pretty and challenging

provided and also 6 practice nets, 2 practice putting greens and

course with very undulating greens. The course plays to a high

a chipping area.

standard all year round and the greens can be fast and true

All in all Hartsbourne is well described as a hidden gem.

during the winter months too.

T E L : 0 2 0 8 4 2 1 7 2 6 6 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ H A R T S B O U R N E C O U N T R Y C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. H A R T S B O U R N E C O U N T R Y C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Bespoke society days but prices range from £45-£95pp depending on requirements.

Green Fees Visitor green fee £60 (visitors must have an up to date handicap) Country card - £45 With member - £30 Visitors may not play without a member until 1pm.

How to get there WD23 1JW Bushey is close to Watford.

Other Facilities Buggies available to hire with GPS, 3d flyovers and scorecards. Free Visitors APP with GPS, 3D flyovers and scorecards.

Heated outdoor swimming pool in the summer months, 2 full size snooker tables, Sauna, first class restaurant and separate golfers café/ bar.

MOOR PARK GOLF CLUB M O O R PA R K | R I C K M A N S W O R T H | W D 3 1 Q N Set amidst 300 acres of mature woodland and beautiful

to your prize presentations. The team can organise your golf

Hertfordshire parkland, Moor Park boasts two magnificent golf

schedule, manage your score cards and cater to your individual

courses, the High and West, designed by Harry Colt in 1923.

menu requirements within one of our magnificent rooms.

Both courses offer a unique challenge to golfers of all abilities

Our enviable location makes us very convenient, with simple

featuring beautiful fairways and exceptional greens.

connections via road and rail. Just a few miles from the M1, even

A warm welcome is always found at this Rickmansworth based

less to the M25 and M40, we are also easily reached by the

Golf Club. It is the perfect setting for your society or corporate

Metropolitan and Overground Lines.

golf day. Off the course we have excellent practice facilities, golf

The combination of idyllic surroundings, magnificent

shop and exquisite dining options. We also hire buggies, trolleys,

courses and superb dining, together with our attention to

electric trolleys, clubs and shoes.

detail and knowledge of the game, guarantee a day that will

Your visit is supported at every stage by our Golf Services

be beyond expectations. This is why many societies return to

Team, who will guide you through your day, from registration

us year after year.

T E L : 0 1 9 2 3 7 7 3 1 4 6 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S @ M O O R PA R K G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. M O O R PA R K G C . C O . U K

Society Packages

Winter Packages: November to March from £55. Summer Packages: from £87.50. Please see website for further details or contact us to receive a personalised quote.

Green Fees

Weekdays: 18 holes £90 per person on the High Course and £65 per person on the West Course. Weekends after 2.30pm: 18 Holes from £90 per person on the High Course and £65 per person on the West Course. *Winter rates also available.

How to get there

Accessible from both Junction 17 M25 (3 miles) & Junction18 M25 (4 miles) just outside Rickmansworth. Sat Nav postcode WD3 1QN.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities

Practice ground and short game area, indoor video swing studio and putting studio, trolley, buggy and club hire, function rooms, bars, fully stocked golf shop, halfway houses.

MANOR OF GROVES HOTEL, GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB H I G H W Y C H | S AW B R I D G E W O R T H | H E R T F O R D S H I R E | C M 2 1 0 J U Manor of Groves Golf Club is located in 150 acres of idyllic

player to use almost every club in the bag as each hole offers a

Hertfordshire countryside, yet is within easy reach of major

different and diverse challenge

motorways and airports and offers free on-site parking for 200

For the golf groups that wish to stay the evening, the beautiful

cars. Stansted Airport is approximately 10 minutesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; drive.

hotel has 80 bedrooms, including Executive and Four Poster

The 18 hole Championship Golf Course is playable year-round,

bedrooms, all with marble bathrooms. Bedrooms are equipped

with immaculate greens and fairways,. Designed around the Hotel

with ironing facilities, hospitality tray, direct dial telephone, free

the course provides a challenging, yet enjoyable experience,

Wi-Fi Internet access, and satellite TV.

regardless of handicap. Divided into two differing nine hole

The State of the Art fully air-conditioned 3000sq ft Leisure

loops, the front nine weaves in and around the traditional manor

Club also available to residents at no extra charge. A range of

gardens whilst the back nine has wide sweeping fairways

treatments are available in our beauty rooms.

stretching out over picturesque parkland. The course requires the

T E L : 0 1 2 7 9 6 0 0 7 7 7 | E M A I L : I N F O @ M A N O R O F G R O V E S .CO. U K | W E B : W W W. M A N O R O F G R O V E S .CO M

Society Packages For golf society bookings, hotel reservations, health club membership, weddings, conferences etc. Telephone the Hotel on 01279 600777.

Green Fees If you wish to book a tee time you can book on line by clicking on Book Your Tee Time or by telephoning the Pro Shop on 01279 603543 or the Hotel on 01270 600777.

How to get there If you are using Satnav to travel to the Hotel/Golf Club use: CM21 0JT.

Accommodation 80 bedrooms, including Executive and Four Poster bedrooms, all with marble bathrooms. Bedrooms are equipped with ironing facilities, hospitality tray, direct dial telephone, broadband Internet access, and satellite TV.

Other Facilities Leisure Club, including Pool and 3 floor technogym. Conference Facilities. Wedding capacity for up to 450 guests. Sauna & Steam rooms. Bars.

PINNER HILL GOLF CLUB S O U T H V I E W R O A D | P I N N E R H I L L | M I D D L E S E X | H A 5 3 YA Welcome to our Golf Club in a delightful setting at the top of

We aim to offer societies the package of golf, catering and

Pinner Hill surrounded by rolling parkland and mature woods -

clubhouse facilities that suits their needs for the day. Pinner

the peaceful atmosphere will make you feel a million miles from

Hill society packages offer 18, 27 or 36 holes of golf together

North West London’s suburbia.

with catering from just a Bacon Roll on arrival, to the complete

Pinner Hill Golf Club was formed in 1928 at the instigation of

package of lunch and/or evening meal as you require.

Mr F L Griggs who became the club’s first President. The course

Pinner Hill has both the 1st and 10th tees available for starting

was designed in 1927 by J H Taylor and, apart from minor

so that we can accommodate your group, large or small on

alterations since that time the layout of the course is still that of

our fantastic par 70, 6,156 yard beautiful parkland course with

the renowned golf architect. The Clubhouse, which is a Grade II

superb views over London

listed building dates from the early Georgian era with alterations

Prize giving can also be accommodated here with us.

undertaken in the Regency and Victorian periods.

T E L : 0 2 0 8 8 6 6 0 9 6 3 | E M A I L : P H G C @ P I N N E R H I L LG C . C O M | W E B : W W W. P I N N E R H I L LG C . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options. Packages start from just £27.50pp. We can also Taylor-make a package for your society.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www.pinnerhillgc.co.uk or call 0208 866 0963.

How to get there Approach from Pinner Hill Road or Potter Street/Potter Street Hill.

Accommodation The club can recommend excellent hotels in the surrounding area.

Other Facilities Practise Nets, Chipping and putting area. Function rooms for hire.

PANSHANGER GOLF COMPLEX O L D H E R N S L A N E | W E LW Y N G A R D E N C I T Y | H E R T S | A L 7 2 E D Panshanger Golf Complex is home to one of the county’s most

green. Golf societies are welcome 7 days a week, teeing off from

highly regarded 18 hole municipal golf courses. 30 miles from

10:30am. If you have any specific requirements, whether it be

London and just a 10 minute drive from the A1, we are located in

charity days, corporate events or 36 hole competitions, we will be

the heart of Hertfordshire’s Mimram Valley which offers spectacular

able to cater for your needs.

and picturesque countryside views throughout your round.

What our customers say:

We also offer fantastic deals on casual green fees, welcoming

Ian G: A beautiful hilly course set in the leafy outskirts of Welwyn

thousands of visiting golfers every year from all over the country.

Garden City. A good size clubhouse with bar and food and a

For the latest green fee offers, visit our website www.finesseleisure.

meeting / banquet hall at the back. There was also a pro shop and

com/book-now.

squash courts. A very nice venue. (Google Reviews).

Societies at Panshanger Golf Complex can make use of our other

Peter W: This public course gives private clubs a run for their

fantastic facilities on the day, these include the GC2 Golf Simulator,

money as the interesting layout of Panshanger makes it a definitive

9 hole pitch & putt course, short game practice area and putting

return for me. (golfshake.com).

T E L : 0 1 7 0 7 2 7 6 2 7 6 | E M A I L : PA N S H A N G E R G O L F @ F I N E S S E L E I S U R E . C O M W E B : W W W. F I N E S S E L E I S U R E . C O M / B O O K - N O W

Society Packages Summer Golf – April to October, minimum 12 players, 18 Holes. Midweek £22, 18 Holes Weekend £26.

How to get there Panshanger Golf Complex is easily accessible from the A1(M), A10 & M25.

Winter Golf – November to March minimum 9 players 18 Holes. Midweek £18, 18 Holes Weekend £22. 27 and 36 hole rates also available. Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner options are also available from £4.45. 70

Other Facilities • Full range of food and beverage options • GPS equipped buggies • Changing and shower facilities • Practice and warm up areas • Fully stocked pro shop

PORTERS PARK GOLF CLUB SHENLEY HILL | RADLETT | HERTFORDSHIRE | WD7 7AZ Porters Park is a classic 6,529 yard parkland course constructed

Inspiring and playable throughout the year, its base of loam clay,

in 1899. Its early design was influenced heavily by John Henry ‘JH’

sand and gravel gives the course a natural and remarkable ability

Taylor, one of the pioneers of the modern game, and Charles Kenneth

to recover quickly from the heaviest of rain. As a result, temporary

Cotton who went on to become one of the UK’s most distinguished

greens and tees are never in use and our course rarely closes.

post-war golf architects.

The club has hosted regional Open Championship qualifying

Located on the fringes of Radlett village yet in close proximity

events on six occasions, is home to a number of prestigious amateur

to London and outlying counties, the course sits in the tranquil

events, and is officially recognised by England Golf as one of

Hertfordshire countryside surrounded by mature woodland and fields.

Hertfordshire’s finest courses.

Picturesque, tree lined, fairways make effective use of the natural

Porters Park offers a true test of golf where thought, accuracy and

contours and undulations of the land and, with magnificent greens

course management form some of the essential ingredients for an

and a brook weaving through many holes, the course conspires to

enjoyable game. Visitors and societies are always welcome and the

present a fair but testing challenge to golfers of all abilities.

club can be contacted directly to discuss membership opportunities.

T E L : 0 1 9 2 3 8 5 4 1 2 7 | E M A I L : D E N I S E @ P O R T E R S PA R K G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. P O R T E R S PA R K G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages

18 Hole Bronze Packages start from £70pp, Silver Packages from £75pp and Golf Packages from £80pp. 27 Hole Bronze Packages start from £78pp, Silver Packages from £85pp and Golf Packages from £92pp. 36 Hole Bronze Packages start from £83pp, Silver Packages from £90pp and Golf Packages from £98pp.

Green Fees

Weekdays (1st April to 31st October) 18 Holes Day Standard £60 £85 * Member’s Guest Rate £30 £40 Weekdays (1st Nov to 31st March) Standard £40 £65 * Member’s Guest Rate £20 £35 Visitors are welcome every weekday, and Twilight rounds at Weekends (May to September from 4pm to 6pm). (* 4 for 3 concession available during week days. Please enquire at the Professional shop). 72

How to get there

M25 - IF COMING FROM HEATHROW Exit at Junction 22. Take the 5th turning off roundabout marked Radlett. You will then come to a roundabout, turn right taking directions to Radlett. Go straight across the next roundabout along a country road to next roundabout, turn left. Sign to Shenley. Follow road to mini-roundabout. Go straight across and up the hill. At the top of the hill turn right at roundabout and then first left into Radlett Lane.Follow the road and you will see signs of the golf course on your right and further along you will see the entrance on a bend.

Accommodation Contact club for advice.

Other Facilities

Practice putting green, practice nets, short game and bunker area. The two driving and long shot areas are short walks away across the course.

SANDY LODGE GOLF CLUB S A N D Y LO D G E L A N E | N O R T H W O O D | H A 6 2 J D Founded in 1910 and designed by six-time Open Champion Harry

groups to enjoy celebrations and our extensive menu options.

Vardon, Sandy Lodge is a superb example of inland links golf. The

The 6,297-yard course, which is a Regional Open Qualifying

site was chosen primarily because of its excellent drainage, and

venue, offers plenty of variety, with six par 3s – ranging from 100

as a result, the course is open year-round and enjoys a reputation

to 213 yards – and five par 5s on which to test all elements of

of being playable even in the most extreme weather conditions.

your game.

The course takes advantage of the area’s natural terrain,

We pride ourselves on a friendly welcome, attention to detail

while making use of heather, mounding, and strategically-placed

and a flexible approach to ensure you and your guests enjoy

bunkers, challenging players of all ages and skill levels.

the perfect golf day experience. Whether you choose a pre-set

On arrival you will be welcomed into our friendly clubhouse,

package from our winter and summer golf day rates, or are

perfectly equipped with a well-stocked bar, outside terrace

looking for us to help you create a completely unique golf day

with views across the course, luxurious changing facilities, and

experience, our dedicated team are ready to assist with your

additional function rooms provide the perfect space for larger

every need.

T E L : 0 1 9 2 3 8 2 5 4 2 9 | E M A I L : I N F O @ S A N D Y LO D G E . C O . U K | W E B : : W W W. S A N D Y LO D G E . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site catering team. Winter season November to March. Packages start from £40pp

Summer season April to October. Packages start from £65pp We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements. Golf days are available on Monday’s and Thursday’s.

Green Fees Guest green fees are available with prior arrangement with the General Manager. Please email info@sandylodge.co.uk for up to date guest rates and availability. 73

How to get there Located North West of London on the border of Hertfordshire and Middlesex, Sandy Lodge is within easy reach of City and the surrounding countryside.

SHENDISH MANOR HOTEL & GOLF COURSE LO N D O N R D | H E M E L H E M P S T E A D | H P 3 0 A A Welcome to Shendish Manor Hotel & Golf Course where Victorian

all-day breakfasts as part of their menu. Buggies and trolleys are

splendour meets modern design. Set in 160 acres of parkland and

also available for hire from the Coach House.

formal gardens, the excellent road and rail links close by ensures that

The hotel features 70 spacious and beautiful bedrooms, a

this West Hertfordshire venue is the perfect choice whether visiting

relaxing lounge area and the delightful Orangery restaurant

the area on business or just for your pleasure with your golf society.

complete with bar and its own terrace leading out onto the formal

No Country House Hotel would be complete without its own

Dutch Gardens. There is complimentary parking for 200 cars.

golf course and Shendish Manor is no exception. Designed to

The superb conference and banqueting facilities are second

USPGA specifications the Par 70, 18 hole course is set with a mix of

to none. A choice of styles and size of rooms is available from

hazards through both parkland and woodland copses and provides

2 – 400 delegates. The diverse array of events held at Shendish

a rewarding game regardless of ability. To start or round off an

Manor include meetings, seminars, networking events, product

exhilarating day, a warm welcome awaits you in the Coach House

launches, gala balls, award ceremonies, team building days and

bar - perfectly placed for the 19th hole and offering mouth watering

exclusive private dinners.

T E L : 0 1 4 4 2 2 3 2 2 2 0 | E M A I L : E V E N T S @ S H E N D I S H - M A N O R .CO M | W E B : W W W. S H E N D I S H - M A N O R .CO M

Society Packages Contact our Golf Club 01442 251806 Events department for Society and Corporate packages.

Green Fees Until 31st March 2018 Weekday £21, Weekends £28.50 Hotel Guests: Weekday £16, Weekend £21. Guest Fees for: Police/ambulance service Prison/Fire.

How to get there Follow SATNAV HP3 0AA. 8 Mins from M25. 4 Min from Hemel Hempstead.

Accommodation 70 spacious Hotel Rooms.

Other Facilities Meeting Rooms. Lounge Area. Dutch Gardens. Restaurant.

STEVENAGE GOLF AND CONFERENCE CENTRE A S TO N L A N E | S T E V E N A G E | H E R T S S G 2 7 E L The Golf Centre is located conveniently (within easy distance of

of a central tree and over a lake, into a small, thin green. Many a

the A1 & A10 motorways), within Aston, a rural part of Stevenage.

decent looking scorecard has been ruined here, so be content

Ample free parking surrounds the Golf Centre which houses

to score 5 and keep your round intact!

a superb Par 72, 18 hole course, designed by John Jacobs. It is one of the finest designed courses in Hertfordshire.

The Clubhouse a perfect venue for Golf Societies, Weddings and Celebration Parties. It also has superb Conference facilities,

The signature hole is surely the 18th, a tricky par 4 that requires an accurate drive and then a second shot either side

so you can work and play in the same day. Excellent cuisine is available.

T E L : 0 1 4 3 8 8 8 0 4 2 4 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S . G O L F @ S L L . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. S L L . C O . U K

Society Packages Stevenage Golf and Conference Centre are happy to offer a variety of Society Packages to suit you. Please call Jane Watts on 01438 880223 to discuss any of your requirements.

Green Fees Weekdays Open – 11am £24, 11am-2pm £16, 2pm-5pm £12.50. Weekends Open – 11am £28.50, 11am-2pm £20, 2pm-5pm £18. Concessions for over 60’s.

How to get there Within easy distance of the A1 and A10 Motorways.

Accommodation Please contact the Club for details.

Other Facilities There is also a 9-hole Pitch & Putt course, which is ideal for beginners to brush up on technique, and also for the established golfer to finetune their short game. There is a 24 bay floodlit driving range, and lessons are available from our qualified professionals.

VERULAM GOLF CLUB H O M E O F T H E R Y D E R C U P | 2 2 6 LO N D O N R O A D | S T A L B A N S | H E R T S | A L 1 1 J G Our challenging par 72 course was designed by James Braid in

and interesting test of golf offering a tough challenge even to the

1905 so we are now well into our second century as a thriving

experienced golfer as evidenced in the Amateur and Professional

members’ club situated in the heart of historic St Albans, known

course records of 67 and 66 respectively.

as Verulamium in Roman times.

At 6,429 yards from the Medal tees the course is not long.

Verulam is an established parkland course that has matured

The course has a good drainage record with very few hole and

over the years to provide a stern test of all aspects of the game.

course closures in the winter and in summer the ball really does

At all holes the tee shot sets a premium on accuracy and shot

run on the fast well-manicured fairways. The best scores result

control leading to the approach to the greens that are well

from being straight and having a good short game rather than

protected by bunkers, slopes and mounds. Once on the green

long hitting that doesn’t follow the fairway. Recent drainage

there are subtle undulations that are true and fast. Out of bounds

works on greens have improved the course even further, coupled

is a danger at many holes and there are tree plantations, water

with an extensive bunker project including a dedicate bunker

and the River Ver to be negotiated. Verulam presents an excellent

irrigation system.

T E L : 0 1 7 2 7 8 5 3 3 2 7 | E M A I L : G M @ V E R U L A M G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W.V E R U L A M G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Winter: from £25, based on 8 or more players Summer: from £41, based on 12 or more players Available Monday – Friday. Please call 01727 853327, option 4.

Green Fees Summer: Mondays £28 (Day £36), Tuesdays – Fridays £38 (Day £55), Weekends (after 11am) £48 Winter: Mondays - 18 holes Mondays £22 (Day £32), Tuesdays – Fridays £23.50 (Day £40), Weekends (after 11am) £40.

How to get there We are situated 5 minutes from both the M1 & M25 and a 10 minute walk from St. Albans station with links to central London in 20 minutes.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities There is an extensive driving range and practice chipping, bunker and putting greens surrounding the traditional clubhouse.

WELWYN GARDEN CITY GOLF CLUB M A N N I C OT T S | H I G H O A K S R O A D | W E LW Y N G A R D E N C I T Y | H E R T F O R D S H I R E | A L 8 7 B P Located within easy reach of the M25 and A1, Welwyn Garden City

The course is an impeccable par 70 6,100 yard course for the

Golf Club is hidden amongst the Hertfordshire countryside. One

men, par 72 5,527 yards for the ladies. At first sight it seems a

of the best kept golf courses in Hertfordshire, the 18 hole course,

relatively easy test of golf, but many scorecards tell a different

in an undulating parkland setting, with narrow fairways protecting

story. With 5 testing par 3s, four of them over 180 yards from

small, true, well-draining greens, making it the ideal venue to hold

the back tees, and a 600 yard 17th hole, regarded by many as

a memorable society or corporate golf day.

the signature hole of the course, this is a true test of golf for all

With a relaxed and friendly atmosphere, you will find a perfectly

standard of player.

equipped clubhouse with a well-stocked bar, outside terrace with views across the course, spacious changing facilities and a well-

The superb drainage makes this a truly year-round course, providing an excellent venue for winter visitors and societies.

equipped pro shop. Our multi-purpose function room provides

You will have access to our large practice putting green, practice

the perfect space for larger groups to enjoy celebrations and our

nets, and our practice area that includes our short game practice

delicious menu options, whilst admiring the views of the course.

green and bunker.

T E L : 0 1 7 0 7 3 2 5 2 4 3 | E M A I L : D AV I D @ W G C G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.W G C G C . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dinner options, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. Winter season November to March. Packages start from ÂŁ22pp Summer season April to October Packages start from ÂŁ33pp We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www.wgcgc.co.uk or call 01707 325525.

How to get there Located near to the A1 junctions 4 and 6, we are a short drive from the M25 junction 23. Welwyn Garden City train station is five minutes by taxi. We have ample free parking on-site. 77

Accommodation The club can recommend excellent hotels and guest houses in and around Welwyn Garden City.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, club house, bar, outside terrace, function room, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms, car park, putting green and practice facilities including swing studio.

SUMMER SPECIAL OFFER SAVE UP TO £196 ON SUMMER FOUR-BALL GOLF AT THE GROVE SAVE £196

SAVE £180

WEDNESDAY TO SATURDAY £560 PER FOUR-BALL

SUNDAY TO TUESDAY £480 PER FOUR-BALL

LIMITED AVAILABILITY: CALL 01923 294266 TO RESERVE YOUR TEE TIME *OFFER APPLICABLE TO FOUR-BALL BOOKINGS BETWEEN JULY 17TH AND AUGUST 31ST, 2017, ONLY

THE GROVE, CHANDLER’S CROSS, HERTFORDSHIRE, WD3 4TG W W W.THEGROVE.CO.UK

THE GROVE GOLF | HOTEL | SPA C H A N D L E R ’ S C R O S S | H E R T F O R D S H I R E | W D 3 4 TG Widely regarded as one of the UK’s leading corporate golf

golf, the Players Lounge, which includes full access to The Stables

venues, The Grove, home of the 2016 British Masters and the

courtyard, can be hired exclusively for your golf day and is the

only venue in the UK to have hosted a World Golf Championship

ideal space to celebrate the day. While for larger events of up

event, won by Tiger Woods in 2006, delivers a tournament-

to 400 golfers, The Grove offers a selection of luxurious private

quality experience from the moment guests arrive at London’s

rooms, including the new Cedar Suite or The Amber, which can

Country Estate.

cater for up to 450 guests.

To ensure your golf society or corporate day has a fitting focal

To give your group golf day that true tournament feel, The Grove

point, The Grove opened its new purpose-built corporate facility,

offers customised GPS fitted golf buggies, on-course branding

the Players Lounge, in April 2017, which sits at the heart of The

opportunities, personalised lockers, 1st tee announcements,

Stables complex and ensures the positive guest experience is

electronic live leaderboard and scoring summary, as well as a

further enhanced.

full-length grass driving range complete with individual pyramids of

With capacity to welcome up to 100 golfers before and after

golf balls for each guest.

T E L : 0 1 9 2 3 2 9 6 0 2 7 | E M A I L : G R O U P G O L F @ T H E G R O V E . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.T H E G R O V E . C O . U K

Society Packages The Grove offers a variety of group golf packages for up to 100 golfers, all of which can be tailored to meet your specific requirements.

Green Fees Group golf packages are available throughout the year, with prices starting from £99pp.

How to get there The Grove is located only 18 miles from Central London and visitors can get to the venue through a variety of transport methods.

Accommodation The Grove offers luxury accommodation within its 26 historic Mansion House suites and 189 rooms in the contemporary West Wing.

Other Facilities For non-golfers, The Grove offers a number of fun coaching packages, while away from the course, guests can enjoy access to a range of facilities, including the award-winning Sequoia Spa.

WYKE GREEN GOLF CLUB SYON LANE | OSTERLEY | ISLEWORTH | MIDDLESEX | TW7 5PT Wyke Green is a beautiful Parkland Golf Course situated in West

snacks to see you into the back nine.

London. The designers were F.G. Hawtree and J.H. Taylor who even

The course has four par 3 holes, three of them on the back

to this day remain among the best golf course designers of all time.

nine. All testing in their own way but the 16th may well have you

Widely regarded as London’s friendliest golf club visitors are

reaching for your driver. The clubs signature hole, the 15th is a

welcome and membership is available at times throughout the

long downhill par 4 with a tough drive. If you are lucky enough to

year. With its solitary par 5 being its 10th hole, Wyke Green has

find the middle of the fairway a long second shot with a long iron

many challenging par 4’s. They vary in length and shape and

or perhaps even a three wood faces you to a generous green.

provide even the best golfer with a good test of his or her game.

But don’t be fooled, there are some subtle breaks that may lead

Each one offering the golfer a different challenge, 4 pars to start

to that birdie putt sliding by.

and 4 pars to finish will always smarten up the scorecard. The clubs halfway house is a superb addition to the round and not to be missed, with a wide variety of hot and cold drinks and

With a reputation for good greens and all year round playability, Wyke Green really is a must play course in London. A real hidden gem.

T E L : 0 2 0 8 8 4 7 0 6 8 5 | E M A I L : P R O @ W Y K E G R E E N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W.W Y K E G R E E N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Mon-Thu from £29. Fri-Sun from £35.

Green Fees Visitors Green Fees £30 Mon – Thursday £40 Fri – Sun (Weekends afternoons only).

How to get there Easily accessible from Central London and close to Heathrow Airport.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities Practice facilities and fully stocked pro shop. PGA Professional tuition available. Function hire space for private events and parties.

BERKSHIRE, BUCKINGHAMSHIRE & OXFORDSHIRE

BICESTER HOTEL GOLF AND SPA G R E E N L A N E | C H E S T E R TO N | B I C E S T E R | O X F O R D S H I R E | O X 2 6 1 T E Bicester Hotel, Golf and Spa sits in 134 acres of stunning

designed holes will impress returning members.

countryside with tranquil gardens and an exquisite 18 hole golf

Recently added to the club is our new 19th Hole members’

course. Our beautiful venue set in the village of Chesterton

bar which overlooks the course and outside terrace area.

close to Bicester is perfect for golf and golf breaks. Our golfing

We pride ourselves on a friendly welcome, attention to

facilities are amongst the best in the region with the golfing

detail and a flexible approach to ensure you and your guests

surface being one of the best in the area.

enjoy the perfect golf day. Whether you choose a pre-set

Bicester Hotel Golf and Spa (formerly Chesterton Golf Club)

package from our winter and summer society rates, or are

has a testing 6,255 yard, par 71, 18 hole course. It boasts 11

looking for us to help you create a completely unique golf day

lakes, strategically placed bunkers and undulating greens

experience, our dedicated team are ready to cater for your

which prove a challenge to every player. A number of newly

every need.

TEL: 01869 241204 | EMAIL: GOLF@BICESTERHGS.COM W E B : W W W. B I C E S T E R H OT E LG O L FA N D S PA . C O M

Society Packages

There are four basic society packages, but if a group requires something different we can also generate a bespoke package. All packages are based on a minimum of 8 players.

• Ascot Package Monday to Friday - £27.50, Sat and Sun - £30 • York Package Monday to Friday - £37.50, Sat and Sun - £40 • Blenheim Package Monday to Friday - £42.50, Sat and Sun - £45 • Kempton Package Monday to Friday - £60, Sat and Sun - £62.50

How to get there

From the M40 Motorway Junction 9. Leave the M40 at Junction 9 (North or South) and take the A41 heading to Bicester. Turn right at the roundabout signposted Chesterton, right at the T-junction and follow the sign to Bicester Golf Club. 82

Accommodation

We have 52 spacious bedrooms offering five different styles of accommodation from junior suites to standard rooms. All our rooms have a contemporary décor and have been styled to provide a comfortable and relaxing stay whether for business or leisure.

Other Facilities In addition to the 18 hole course, Bicester Golf Club offers a 10 bay driving range, putting green, chipping area and practice bunker.

BIRD HILLS GOLF CENTRE D R I F T R O A D | H AW T H O R N H I L L | N R M A I D E N H E A D | B E R K S H I R E | S L 6 3 S T Bird Hills Golf Centre is conveniently located just off Junction

Bird Hills Golf Academy runs an extensive timetable of expert

8/9 of the M4 in Berkshire’s picturesque countryside between

tuition throughout the week and has the added benefit of

Bracknell and Maidenhead. The 18-hole par 72 course is around

GC Quad and GC-HMT launch monitors. There is an American

6,200 yards in length, with open fairways, plenty of water hazards

Golf Retail store on the premises which stocks all major brands

and well-placed bunkers. It is carefully designed to provide an

and operates a superb club fitting service.

enjoyable round of golf for every level of golfer.

Additionally, the friendly Clubhouse has a large sunny terrace

Open to the public 7 days a week, daily green fees are available

overlooking the golf course with a great social calendar of

as well as membership packages including Handicap, 7 day, 5 day

events including live bands. We offer friendly service, great

and Juniors. There is a 34-bay floodlit driving range and practice

food with an extensive bar menu, separate children’s menu and

bunker along with a large 9 hole putting green. Visit our website

Sunday Carvery. Venue hire is also available for weddings, parties

to see our great driving range deals and online booking facility.

and family celebrations.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 8 7 7 1 0 3 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ B I R D H I L L S . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. B I R D H I L L S . C O . U K

Society Packages From £21 per person and the organiser can play for free in groups of 16 or over. Our popular Winter package is £28pp and includes coffee and bacon roll, 18 holes of golf, lunch and one drink. Available for the individual player as well as group bookings.

Green Fees Seasonal Green Fees - see website for details.

How to get there Bird Hills Golf Centre is conveniently located just off Junction 8/9 of the M4.

Accommodation Please contact club for recommendations.

Other Facilities • 34 bay driving range. • Teaching academy.

BUCKINGHAMSHIRE GOLF CLUB DENHAM COURT DRIVE | DENHAM | BUCKINGHAMSHIRE | UB9 5PG Buckinghamshire Golf Club’s magnificent John Jacobs-designed

The catering is of the highest quality, with menus to suit

parkland course offers one of the finest venues for a corporate or

all budgets, and a variety of private function rooms and

society golf day.  Bounded and crossed by the Rivers Colne and

dining options.

Misbourne, the enjoyable 6,892-yard layout offers a challenge to

Buckinghamshire Golf Club features large and varied teeing

every standard of golfer.

areas and large greens, which offer both easy and difficult pin

The club has hosted numerous major events, we are the home

positions. Hole lengths vary to make golfers use every club in

of the Ladies European tour, hosted the ISPS Handa Ladies

their bag and every shot in their repertoire.

British Masters 2012, Several Senior Tour events, Anderson

Water hazards and bunkers have been sited to place a

Consulting matchplay and Open Qualifiying course 2011 - 2015.

premium on accuracy.

The clubhouse is contained within the elegant surroundings of

In creating its superb fairways, great attention was given to

the historic Grade-II listed Denham Court Mansion, which offers

drainage, beginning with a specifically compounded sand base,

the perfect environment for corporate days and large societies.

which provides great tees and greens all year around.

TEL: 01895 835 777 | EMAIL: INFO@BUCKINGHAMSHIREGC.CO.UK | WEB: WWW.BUCKINGHAMSHIREGC.COM

Society Packages Packages start from £75.

Green Fees Monday Thursday £90pp. Friday - Sunday £120pp.

How to get there Off A40 (M). M25 junction 16, M40 Junction 1. (See website for more details).

Accommodation Details on our recommended local hotels are available on request.

Other Facilities Practice ground, putting green, short game area, driving range, professional tuition, custom fitting centre with Flightscope facility. Full professional service from our professionals for your golf day, including personalised scorecards, scoring, ‘Beat the Pro’, video analysis and much more. Overlooking a beautiful stretch of the River Colne, our Heron Restaurant is open to members and non members every Sunday lunchtime. Function rooms available for weddings, conferences and private functions.

BURNHAM BEECHES GOLF CLUB GREEN LANE | BURNHAM | BUCKINGHAMSHIRE | SL1 8EG Established in 1891 Burnham Beeches provides the perfect match

over 125 years of history the course benefits from having a large

of a mature established course combined with a forward thinking

number of mature trees which perfectly frame the holes. Although

progressive Club which welcomes societies to enjoy the splendid

slightly undulating it is not a hard walking course and the short

facilities both on and off the course.

distances from greens to tees adds to the enjoyment of playing

The Club is ideally situated just 10 minutes off both the M4

the course. The course has been recognised as an England Golf

(jct 7) and the M40 (jct 2) but being part of the ancient Burnham

Championship venue and is looked after by an award winning

Beeches woodland offers a beautiful tranquil setting. Societies are

green-keeping team that won the Championship Green-keeping

catered for on Wednesdays, Thursdays and Fridays with groups

performance of the year following the English Senior Women’s

ranging from 12 to 80 players.

Amateur Championship in in 2016.

The course was originally designed by JH Taylor but has been

With the course being two loops of nine and the 10th tee only a

adapted over the years to cater for the modern game and player

short distance from the club house Burnham Beeches is ideal for 27

and at 6,500 yards is the perfect length for the society golfer. With

hole packages though of course 18 or 36 holes are also available.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 8 6 6 1 4 4 8 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S @ B B G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. B B G C . C O . U K

Society Packages Green Fees Full society packages from £65 per round Mon – Fri £70 per person. 18, 27 or 36 (£35 County card). hole and winter packages are available with catering tailored to requirements.

How to get there The Club is ideally situated just 10 minutes off both the M4 (jct 7) and the M40 (jct 2).

Accommodation Please contact the club for recommendations.

Other Facilities Buggies, electric and pull trolleys available.

C AV E R S H A M H E AT H GOLF CLUB C H A Z E Y H E AT H | M A P L E D U R H A M | R E A D I N G | B E R K S H I R E , R G 4 7 U T The 18-hole golf course, designed by David Williams, opened

will all enjoy playing your golf in a breathtakingly beautiful

in 2000 and affords excellent year round play to Members and

heathland setting.

visitors alike. The course, built to exacting USGA standards,

There is a wonderful variety of holes, which will make sure

is unusually dry in winter whilst fully irrigated in summer, and

you get the chance to use every club in your bag. Par 3s over

therefore offers quality all year round play in the Reading,

water, dogleg Par 4s and challenging Par 5s. The fairways

Berkshire and Oxfordshire area.

are regarded as the best in the area so if you are looking to

The golf course has matured well, and rewards golfers of

play your golf near Reading you need look no further than

all levels, from complete novice to a low handicap golfer. You

Caversham Heath Golf Club.

T: 0 1 1 8 9 4 7 8 6 0 0 | W E B : W W W. C AV E R S H A M G O L F. C O . U K E : M AT T H E W. M I L L A R D @ C AV E R S H A M G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Create a bespoke golf day, we can cater for breakfast lunch and dinner, available to groups of 12 golfers or more Monday-Friday only. Prices from £28.50 pp (1st April - 31st October). Prices from £23.50 pp (1st November-31st March).

Green Fees From £20 Monday-Friday from £25 at the Weekends We have an online booking system so you can reserve your tee time from the comfort of your own home at any time day or night. Visitors can book 5 days in advance of play.

How to get there From the M4 - 15 mins Leave junction 11 of the M4 and head towards Reading (A33). Head for Caversham still down the A33. Head straight over the roundabout, over Caversham Bridge. Stay in the left lane and turn left at the lights. This will take you up St Peters Hill (A4074) Travel for another 2 miles Take the turning (opposite the Pack Saddle pub). 86

Other Facilities • 300 Yard Driving Range • 80 Yard + Pitching Area • Chipping Green • Putting Green • 7 Buggies available for hire

CALCOT PARK GOLF CLUB B AT H R O A D | C A LC OT | R E A D I N G | R G 3 1 7 R N Calcot Park Golf Club is a historic and traditional member’s

sits as one the best of its category in the county. The course is

golf club having been designed by the legendary Harry S. Colt

rated in the top six golf clubs in Berkshire and we hope you will

opening in 1930. Its parkland setting enhances the ambience

avail yourself of the facilities on offer at Calcot Park.

of the course itself and one’s eyes are often attracted to the

Calcot Park is acknowledged as a demanding, yet fair, test of

wildlife when playing the course whilst the changing seasons

golf and is one of those ‘must play courses’ for many societies,

are complimented by the colours of the trees which abound on

corporate days and individual golfers alike and a challenge

the Course.

for all standards of player. Whether it’s the golf or even our

Over many years the Club has invested in improving the golf course and its surrounds to such a level that it now comfortably

conference facilities, the members and staff look forward to making your visit one to remember.

T E L : 0 1 1 8 9 4 2 7 1 2 4 | E M A I L : I N F O @ C A LC OT PA R K . C O M | W E B : W W W. C A LC OT PA R K . C O M

Society Packages Golf Societies and Companies are most welcome at Calcot Park where we are pleased to offer a variety of golf packages starting from just £50 per person along with a superb, fully licensed restaurant to compliment your rounds of golf. In the cooler months, take advantage of our Winter Golf Experience; coffee and bacon roll on arrival, 18 holes of golf and a two-course chef’s special afterwards for just £45 per person (minimum eight players required).

How to get there We are 1.5 miles from the M4 motorway, Junction 12, on the Bath Road, heading towards Central Reading.

Accommodation Nearby accommodation is Calcot Park Hotel and Reading Town Centre.

Other Facilities Driving range and three practice areas, putting green, practice nets, ample free car parking, conference room, licensed bar and restaurant, terrace, changing rooms and lockers, free Wi Fi and a first class professionals shop.

DOWNSHIRE GOLF COMPLEX E A S T H A M P S T E A D PA R K | W O K I N G H A M | B E R K S H I R E | R G 4 0 3 D H With a reputation as one of the finest pay-and-play courses in

championship course there is also a 9-hole pitch & putt facility,

the country, the Downshire Golf Complex in Wokingham offers a

which can be enjoyed by all the family or used to sharpen up

range of top quality facilities in a delightful setting.

short game skills.

The superb 18-hole course is well established with its firm,

The complex also features one of the best driving ranges in

tree-lined fairways and lush, even greens. The Downshire’s

the area, offering 30 covered and floodlit bays and PowerTee

parkland setting also makes good use of water features, offering

system installed in 15 bays.

interesting and varied challenges to golfers of all standards.

Open to the public seven days per week, individual tee time

The course is 6,371 yards long, with a par of 72, with

bookings are available online 10 days in advance, and society

water hazards on 13 out of 18 holes. The club was recently

bookings taken up to 18 months in advance. A welcoming bar

awarded Clubmark/Golfmark accreditation. In addition, to the

and restaurant is available for functions and business meetings.

T E L : 0 1 3 4 4 3 0 2 0 3 0 | E M A I L : D O W N S H I R E G C @ B R A C K N E L L- F O R E S T. G O V. U K W E B : W W W. B R A C K N E L L- F O R E S T. G O V. U K / L E I S U R E - S E R V I C E S / D O W N S H I R E - G O L F - C O M P L E X

Society Packages Welcome seven days a week for groups of 12 people or more. Various Packages are available in the region of £27 for breakfast and golf – packages can be tailored to your needs.

Green Fees Vary depending on the day of the week and time of year, but you can expect prices in the region of £21 to £27 (Reductions are also offered to seniors over the age of 64). Current prices can be found on our website: www.bracknell-forest.gov.uk/leisure-services/ downshire-golf-complex

How to get there Accommodation 3.7 miles from M3 Contact club for details. Junction 3. Four miles from M4 Junction 10. Turn left onto South Road off the A3430 (Nine Mile Ride).

Other Facilities 9 hole Pitch and Putt, Covered and floodlit Driving Range with 30 bays and Putting Green. 6 Buggies available for hire plus full catering facilities.

well as enthralling the enthusiastic beginners.

nestled by the River Thames at Marlow. Beautifully crafted in

There’s nothing like a bit of healthy competition in golf, for that

a natural parkland setting, the 6,714 yard par 72 course is both

reason we have developed a few packages and ideas that add to

challenging and rewarding to players of all levels. The course is

the great atmosphere of a golf day. Pitch your teams against each

located on the Harleyford Estate which dates back to the 12th

other and really get the competition going with our prize packages.

century and is designated as “an area of outstanding beauty”.

Our sales & events team can help to create a bespoke package.

The Clubhouse has been developed on a theme from the

All of our packages are competitively priced and allow for you to

Victorian farm buildings and provides fantastic facilities for any

enjoy one of the best courses Buckinghamshire has to offer.

of your Clubhouse needs.

We believe the best deals are made out on the course.

Challenge your friends & colleagues at one of the finest

Treat your clients & colleagues to one of our corporate golf days

golf courses in Buckinghamshire. The course layout at Harleyford

with packages to help you impress those all-important clients

has a knack of challenging the most experienced of players as

you’re entertaining.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 8 8 1 6 1 6 1 | E M A I L : S A L E S @ H A R L E Y F O R D G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. H A R L E Y F O R D G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Starting at £40.95pp including arrival refreshments & 18 holes of golf. Ability to tailor make your package to suit your needs of the day. Ask the team about our prize packages to add that extra bit of competition.

Green Fees From £35 on weekdays and £40 on weekends & bank holidays.

How to get there Directly in-between the M4 & M40, just of the A404, Harleyford Golf Club has easy access from all areas of the South East.

Accommodation Please contact the club for a list of local recommendation and offers.

Other Facilities 250 yard driving range and chipping area. Two practice greens (USGA spec to match the course). Practice balls. Spacious clubhouse. Showers. Meeting & dining rooms.

F R I L F O R D H E AT H GOLF CLUB ABINGDON | OXFORDSHIRE | OX13 5NW Located in the south of Oxford on 500 acres of glorious undulating heathland is the county’s leading golf club; Frilford Heath.

to keep them in the game longer. Taking 20/30-minutes to play, it’s a perfect facility for beginners and

Rarely can a golf club offer three championship courses that

a pathway for older members, if they find 18 holes too challenging.

allow the opportunity to revel in a classical or modern challenge,

The 7,015 yard Red course is an authentic championship

alongside a six-hole course purposely designed for players starting

challenge with pushed-up greens and fairways that demand

their golf journey.

accurate driving to score well.

The club, while it plays host to prestigious pro events such as the

The Green course, while it’s shorter at 6,015 yards, its par of 69 -

Regional Open qualifying, European Q School and EuroPro Tour,

the first hole is the only par five - makes playing to one’s handicap

remains deeply passionate about making golf inclusive to everyone

much harder than a golfer might expect.

which was the inspiration behind the club’s newest course.

The Blue’s greens are more severely undulating which put a

The Yellow course, which opened in Summer 2017, was

premium on putting. The bunkering is bold and challenging too. While

designed specifically to help introduce people into the game and

It’s a different course, no-one who plays the Blue will feel hard done by.

T E L : 0 1 8 6 5 3 9 0 8 6 4 | E M A I L : I N F O @ F R I L F O R D H E AT H . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. F R I L F O R D H E AT H . C O . U K

Society Packages A range of bespoke society packages are available. Prices start from £59 (Autumn/Winter) £100 (Spring/Summer), including Coffee & Bacon Roll on arrival, 1 course lunch and as much golf as you can play.

Green Fees From £55 weekdays and £70 weekends & bank holidays on any one of our three championship courses.

How to get there From the South/London take the M40 and exit at junction 8, from the North take exit 9.

Accommodation There are various types of accommodation available around Frilford Heath to suit all price ranges. The closest town is Abingdon, but historic Oxford is only 15/20 minute’s drive away with all its associated hotels and bars, giving plenty of culture and night life when not playing golf. https://www. frilfordheath.co.uk/visitors/accommodation/

Other Facilities 6-hole Par 3 Yellow Course, Driving Range, Putting Greens, Practice areas. State of the Art Golf Shop & Performance Centre. Buggies available for hire, plus full catering facilities.

HENLEY GOLF CLUB H A R P S D E N | H E N L E Y- O N -T H A M E S | O X F O R D S H I R E | R G 9 4 H G Nestled on the outskirts of Henley On Thames, one mile away

a veritable haven of relaxation, with a first class reputation for a

from the River, Henley Golf Club is the outstanding course in

friendly, warm welcome.

the area and is one of Oxfordshire’s finest pieces of natural

You can relax in comfortable surroundings, retrospectively

golfing terrain.

counting the shots you could have saved, with your golf day

The team at Henley work with a very simple ethos, we are

friends. Soft drinks, fine wines, great beer and classic spirits are

here to give you the platform to enjoy yourself whether you

available to accompany the fine food on offer, from delicious

are here for a game of golf with a friend, a society, or a

home made bar snacks to more extensive, but still home made

corporate day.

fayre in the restaurant.

Henley Golf Club offers peace, tranquillity, customer service

You have a choice of where to take your society or group, we

and a rather special golf course that was originally opened for

would like you to come and spend your leisure time with us.

play in 1907.

To enquire about playing golf at Henley 01491 575742 and

The club house has been fully refurbished, the clubhouse is

press 1 for the office.

T E L : 0 1 4 9 1 5 7 5 74 2 | E M A I L : M A N A G E R @ H E N L E Y G C . C O M | W E B : W W W. H E N L E Y G C . C O M

Society Packages From £60 – We offer as standard the Society Packages However we are able to customise each of them and offer additional extras such as breakfast if you so require please ask the club office for details.

Green Fees £50 – There is a 10% reduction for members of the Armed Services, Emergency Sevices, Over 70s and Juniors. (ID card required).

How to get there 30 miles from London accessible from the M4 and the M40.

Accommodation Please contact club for details.

Other Facilities Short Iron practice area Short game practice area 400 yard driving area Practice putting green Professional shop.

KIRTLINGTON GOLF CLUB K I R T L I N G TO N | O X F O R D S H I R E | O X 5 3 J Y Kirtlington Golf club is nestled in the heart of the Oxfordshire

We have therefore created a number of templates for event

countryside and offers two challenging and varied courses enjoyed

organisers to aid the preparation and marketing process.

by both members and visitors throughout the year. There are also extensive practice facilities and a 15 bay outdoor/indoor driving range. The most notable comments from guests is how wonderfully

We have also put together a prize package option which can be added up to 48 hours in advance. Alternatively we have wide selection of products, perfect to use as prizes, in the Pro Shop.

friendly the club is and we couldn’t agree more. From signing in

Our PGA Professional, Andy Taylor, offers group sessions for golf

at the Pro Shop, to having a relaxing pint after your round, you

days at Kirtlington. These sessions are also ideal for team building

will always be made to feel very welcome by the team. We pride

or corporate events and are part of our corporate packages.

ourselves on always serving with a smile! Kirtlington Golf Club has been hosting society days for over

Our head chef has created a selection of hearty menus especially for society days to enjoy. We offer an extensive menu

20 years and through our invaluable experience, we know that

with a range of scrumptious starters and delicious desserts all

societies appreciate some organisational tools prior to the event.

made with fresh local ingredients.

TEL: 01869 351133 | EMAIL: ADMIN@KIRTLINGTONGOLFCLUB.COM | WEB: WWW.KIRTLINGTONGOLFCLUB.COM

Society Packages Golf Society Days start from £28pp (midweek) and include 18 holes and a meal (weekend options start from £34pp). This can be upgraded to 27 or 36 holes and up to a 3 course meal. We provide a free marketing pack to promote your event and optional extras such as a staffed welcome desk or a drinks buggy can be added at an extra cost.

Accommodation There are several hotels/B&B’s with varying price ranges located in Woodstock and Bicester that would be ideal for visitors to the club.

Andersen Consulting World Championships and the Ladies’ English

one of the most exciting courses in the country – a pristine

Open, with an enviable list of winners such as Colin Montgomerie

American-style parkland course that offers the ultimate tactical

and Bernhard Langer.

challenge across water.

The Oxfordshire offers one of the finest clubhouses in the

The strategically-contoured holes blend naturally into the

country and with a 4* hotel offering 50 luxurious bedrooms,

surrounding countryside to provide a challenging game of golf.

spa and leisure complex, makes an ideal destination for a

With four lakes and 135 bunkers, the course makes full use of

challenging game of golf and leisure break.

the terrain and the natural elements to provide characteristics

Voted into the Top 50 places to Stay & Play in Golf Monthly

similar to those of a links course.

Magazine 2011, as well as regularly featuring in the Top 100

Since opening, The Oxfordshire has been host to major

courses in England. Regional finalist 2012 and 2013 in the Good

tournaments such as the Benson & Hedges International, the

Spa Awards.

T E L : 0 1 8 4 4 2 7 8 3 0 0 | E M A I L : G O L F D AY S @ T H E O X F O R D S H I R E . C O M | W E B : W W W.T H E O X F O R D S H I R E . C O M

Society Packages Winter from £49. Summer from £90.

Green Fees Winter: November to March: £40, (Fourball from £130). Mid-Season: April, May, August & October: £55, (Fourball from £190). Summer: June, July & September: £70, (Fourball from £250).

How to get there From London, leave the M40 at J7 and take A329 towards Thame. The Oxfordshire is on right-hand side of the A329, just 1.5 miles from the motorway. From Oxford, follow signs for A418 then A329 to Thame. 94

Accommodation 4* 50-bedroom hotel.

Other Facilities Bar and restaurant, practice facilities, two putting greens, halfway house, six conference rooms, spa, swimming pool and fitness centre.

READING GOLF CLUB 17 KIDMORE END ROAD | EMMER GREEN | READING | BERKS | RG4 8SG Reading Golf Club is a traditionally built James Braid golf course

immaculate condition that is now the norm.

which, as one would expect with its 100 yearsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; history, has

A warm welcome awaits you and your group. At Reading Golf

matured into one of the finest parkland type courses around. The

Club we can cater for anything from a group of 12 to a large

course, though not exceptionally long in modern course terms,

charity event with the same friendly professionalism.

has its defences in tree lined fairways, well-positioned bunkers and some crafty pin positions that require accuracy and patience. In the 1930s the members complained that the course Braid

The golf course is maintained to a high standard by our experienced team of greenstaff and is regularly praised by both visitors and members alike.

designed was too physically demanding and Phillip Mackenzie Ross altered it significantly.

We offer a number of packages. However, if you wish to have your day tailored specifically to suit your needs we are happy to

Perhaps the most important course development in recent

do so.

years was the installation of a modern watering system in 1997. This has enabled the green staff to present the course in the

If you wish to discuss anything about your society day please contact us on the number below.

T E L : 0 1 1 8 9 4 7 2 9 0 9 | E M A I L : M A N A G E R @ R E A D I N G G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W. R E A D I N G G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Range of packages from ÂŁ39.95pp.

Green Fees Please contact the club for details.

How to get there Easy access from the North to M40/A34, from the West from M4, from the South from M3 and from the East from M1/M25 to A34.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities Fully stocked pro-shop, golf simulator/performance studio and custom club fitting.

THE SOUTH BUCKINGHAMSHIRE GOLF CLUB PA R K R O A D | S TO K E P O G E S | B U C K I N G H A M S H I R E | S L 2 4 PJ The South Buckinghamshire has been described as one of the finest

Societies and private functions. So if it’s a complete golfing experience

public golf courses in the South of England and has everything you

that you’re after we have a number of packages available and can

could want for great golf. Set in 130 acres of attractive mature wooded

even tailor the day to suit your day.

parkland, this 18 hole pay and play Colt/Hawtree designed course is

Society packages start from just £19 per person for bacon rolls,

both challenging and rewarding in equal measure with several good

coffee and golf or upgrade to the Full English breakfast option. Lunch

birdie opportunities and a memorable selection of holes including the

can be added for when you finish and our menu offers a delicious

short par 4 dog leg 7th, and the par 3 10th hole, which is located just

array of options which can be served in comfortable surroundings,

outside the clubhouse. Markers are provided on the day for longest

including Birches Bar and The Cedar Room both of which which give

drive, nearest the pin and more – just let us know which hole.

views across the course.

There is a friendly atmosphere on and off the course, and the

All Society bookings must have a minimum of 12 players and groups

clubhouse which opened in 2014 is the ideal venue for your society,

of 20 or more will also receive one person free and a box of balls as a

with Birches Bar open to all, and two function rooms available for

prize (for every 20 people booked).

T E L : 0 1 7 5 3 6 4 3 3 3 2 | E M A I L : G O L F E N Q U I R I E S @ S O U T H B U C K S . G O V. U K W E B : W W W.T H E S O U T H B U C K I N G H A M S H I R E . C O . U K

Society Packages Package A: from £19 per person. Bacon roll, coffee, plus 18 holes of golf. Package B from £26 per person. Bacon roll, coffee, plus 18 holes of golf and one course lunch. Package C from £21 per person. 18 holes of golf and one course lunch.

Green Fees Weekdays from £16 per person. Weekends from £24 per person.

How to get there From the M4 exit at junction 6 and follow the A355 towards Beaconsfield into Farnham Royal and turn right at the double roundabout into Park Road. The course is a mile on the left hand side. 96

Other Facilities Bar and restaurant, buggy hire (subject to availability and weather), pratice area and nets, putting green and shop. Private function room available for hire.

STUDLEY WOOD GOLF CLUB T H E S T R A I G H T M I L E | H O R TO N - C U M - S T U D L E Y | O X F O R D | O X 3 3 1 B F As the name suggests, woods play an important part in the

Great care has been taken to set out the 18 holes in such

topography of the course. Designed by Simon Gidman, the

a way that each fairway and green has its own distinctive

par 73 course is set in 170 undulating acres of what was once

character and offers its own particular challenge. All the tees

an extensive woodland. History tells us that some 480 years

and greens meet USGA specifications and the irrigation system

ago, no less a person than Henry VIII used to enjoy his sporting

is fully computerised.

afternoons here, hunting deer and wild boar.

The result is a course which, framed by an ancient and

Two loops of nine holes play in opposite directions around a 30 acre wood, which lies at the centre of the course. Testing

beautiful landscape, combines a feeling of maturity with the prospect of a rewarding round of golf.

natural hazards come courtesy of 13 lakes, some impressive

Studley Wood is a friendly family golf club with a superb

ground vegetation and a richness of fine, mature trees, most of

modern clubhouse offering extensive food and beverage. We

which are specimen oaks.

look forward to welcoming you at the golf club soon.

T E L : 0 1 8 6 5 3 5 1 1 4 4 | E M A I L : TO M @ S T U D L E Y W O O D G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. S T U D L E Y W O O D G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages We can cater for small groups or full corporate golf days of up to 120 people. Please call and speak to our staff on 01865 351144 for our latest offers and bookings.

Green Fees Winter Deal see our website. Summer Rates from ÂŁ25pp Weekdays. ÂŁ35pp Weekends (Weekend slots subject to availability please call the pro-shop).

How to get there From M40 (Northbound): At junction 8, exit onto A40 toward Oxford/Cheltenham. Turn right onto Headington Roundabout. Take the 1st left onto Bayswater Rd. Go through 1 roundabout. Turn right onto B4027. Take the 1st left onto Horton Rd. Continue onto Woodpery Hill. Continue onto Straight Mile Rd. Turn right, arrive at golf club. 97

Accommodation Contact club for details.

Other Facilities Driving Range. Cleveland and Srixon Centre of Excellence. Restaurant. Conference and Meeting facilities.

STOKE PARK COUNTRY CLUB, SPA AND HOTEL PA R K R O A D | S TO K E P O G E S | B U C K I N G H A M S H I R E | S L 2 4 P G Encircling their 300 acre Buckinghamshire parkland estate,

courses which re-opened to much acclaim by both their guests,

Stoke Park’s famous 27 hole Championship golf course, is

members and the media, and their Lane Jackson course is set

undisputedly one of the finest parkland courses in the country.

to re-open in April 2018 after refurbishment.

Created in 1908 by eminent golf architect Harry Colt, the Stoke

With their 27 hole championship golf course and resident

Park course has been the inspiration for many of the world’s

PGA Professionals you can host golf clinics, individual tuition

most famous holes, including their 7th tee which was the

and corporate golf days. By choosing Stoke Park as your venue,

inspiration for Augusta’s infamous 16th.

you and your guests are assured world class service, incredible

The course itself has seen many impressive rounds in

sporting facilities and an unforgettable experience.

its prestigious history, including the first PGA Matchplay

Stoke Park offer several different packages and corporate

tournament in 1910 and James Bond’s epic golfing duel in

clinics but can also put together a bespoke package to suit you.

1964 classic 007 movie ‘Goldfinger’.

You can be sure that their team will make sure that your every

2017 saw the full refurbishment of their Colt and Alison

need is catered for.

T E L : 0 1 7 5 3 7 1 7 1 7 1 | E M A I L : I N F O @ S TO K E PA R K . C O M | W E B : W W W. S TO K E PA R K . C O M

Society Packages For more information about the various packages available, please contact the Events Team on 01753 71 71 71 or sales@stokepark.com.

Green Fees

November: Visitors from £85 Resident from £85 Reciprocal Member from £85 April: Visitors from £115 Resident from £100 Reciprocal Member from £100 May - October: Visitors from £160 Resident from £120 Reciprocal Member from £120

How to get there

Stoke Park is located just 4 miles from junction 6 of the M4 and 6 miles from the Junction 2 of the M40.

Other Facilities

• 5 Red AA Star Hotel with 49 Luxury Bedrooms and Suites • 3 Restaurants, Bars and Lounges including Humphry’s, Fine Dining Restaurant (3 AA Rosettes) • All-Weather Driving Range and Indoor Swing Studio • 4,000 sq. ft. Gymnasium complete with Fitness,

Hot Yoga and Group Cycling Studios • Award winning Spa with 11 Treatment Rooms and Nail Bar • Spa Garden with Scandinavian Sauna and Outdoor Hot Tub • Indoor Swimming Pool and Steam Rooms

• 13 Tennis Courts (6 grass, 3 indoor and 4 floodlit artificial clay) • Crèche, Games Room and Outdoor Playground • 9 Private Rooms for Entertaining and Conferences • 14 Acres of Private Gardens • Pro Shop and Spa Boutique

TEMPLE GOLF CLUB HENLEY ROAD | HURLEY | BERKS | SL6 5LH Conveniently located in the heart of the Thames Valley and less

its many shades of green, Summer sees a myriad of colour

than five minutes from the M4 and M40 motorways, Temple

provided by wild flowers including several rare species of wild

is beautifully situated in unspoilt landscape with spectacular

orchids. Autumn is beautiful with the varying russet shades of

panoramic views of the course, River Thames and the Chiltern

the countless specimen trees on the course creating a simply

Hills beyond. The view from the 1st tee is simply breath-taking.

stunning backdrop and, because it is built on chalk, Temple is an

Temple offers year-round golf on a high-quality course

excellent winter golfing venue.

The original clubhouse is still in use today. It is relaxed and

Temple is both challenging and interesting; difficult enough to

welcoming with an excellent bar, great dining facilities and food

test the low handicap player but friendly enough to encourage

and friendly staff.

those with higher handicaps.

It’s handy location, beautiful setting, renowned hospitality,

Whatever the season, our excellently maintained golf course

excellent value for money and friendly service make Temple the

always has something very special to offer: Spring offers

ideal society venue.

TEL: 01628 824795 | EMAIL: SECRETARY@TEMPLEGOLFCLUB.CO.UK | WEB: WWW.TEMPLEGOLFCLUB.CO.UK

Society Packages 18 and 36-hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options Summer season 1 Apr – 31 Oct Packages from £50pp. Winter season 1 Nov – 31 Mar Packages start from £35pp.

Green Fees Summer season 1 Apr – 31 Oct Mon (excl PH) and Weekdays £40 - £50. Weekends & PH £60. Winter season 1 Nov – 31 Mar Weekdays £35. Weekends £60.

How to get there Located just off the A404 about halfway between J8/9 of the M4 and J4 of the M40. From the A404 take the exit for the A4130 signposted Henley/Hurley and cross the Burchetts Green roundabout still following the signs for Henley/Hurley. Pass the Hurley House Hotel on your left and Temple is about half a mile up the road on the right. Maidenhead train station is 10 mins away by road. 100

Accommodation There are good hotels in nearby Hurley, Henley and Marlow.

Other Facilities Pro Shop, large putting green and practice nets. A fully stocked bar, large function room with fantastic views over the course, outside terrace and free WIFI.

HAMPSHIRE

101

ALRESFORD GOLF GOLF CLUB C H E R I TO N R O A D | T I C H B O R N E D O W N | A L R E S F O R D | H A N T S | S O 2 4 0 P N Over 125 year old, Alresford is one of the oldest and prettiest

contoured fairways ensure the course is always challenging.

places to play with picturesque and peaceful views over the

The layout suits 18 and 27 hole packages and the friendly

Hampshire countryside. Laid out on beautiful chalk downland

welcome and excellent catering helps to ensure that your

which provides for exceptional playing conditions all year round.

society day is memorable and stress free. The number of repeat

Rain and poor weather seldom restricts play here. The course is

bookings each year is a testament not only to the quality of the

superbly maintained throughout the year and a pro-active course

course but the perceived value for money of any society day.

work programme ensures the layout is a challenging test for both

Golfers also have access to the best practice facilities in the

amateurs and professionals, regularly hosting county amateur

county with grass tees and covered driving range, short game

and PGA competitions.

and wedge area, 6 hole par 3 course, chipping green, practice

An easy-walking downland course, 6,021 yards, par 69 and

bunkers and two putting greens.

suitable for all ages and abilities, the five tricky par threes and

T E L : 0 1 9 6 2 7 3 3 74 6 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ A L R E S F O R D G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. A L R E S F O R D G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Winter season (November – March) greens fees starting from £27pp Summer season (April – October) greens fees starting from £34pp Winter Special packages available from November -February.

Green Fees Visitor summer and winter greenfee rates. Call 01962 733998 (pro-shop) or available via the website.

How to get there The club is situated one mile south of the town on the B3046 towards Cheriton. It is easily accessible from both the M3, A3, A31 and A272 and is just a short drive from Winchester (10mins), Alton (15mins), Farnham (25mins) and Bishops Waltham (15 mins). 102

Accommodation The Swan Hotel (Alresford), The Bell Inn (Alresford), Travelodge ( Four Marks), Holiday Inn (Winchester). The location close to Winchester provides a large range of hotel and bed & breakfast establishments at a range of prices.

Other Facilities 18 hole golf course, clubhouse with recently refurbished changing rooms and shower areas, meeting room, outside terrace overlooking 18th green, fully stocked pro-shop (motocaddy/ powakaddy service centre), large car park, full practice facilities with driving range and par 3 course.

A Harry Colt Course

BLACKMOOR GOLF CLUB FIRGROVE ROAD | WHITEHILL | BORDON | HAMPSHIRE | GU35 9EH Lying between the North and south Downs in the heart of the

the top 100 courses in England.

picturesque Hampshire countryside, Blackmoor Golf Club is

Laid out in two loops, the 18 holes comprise five par 3’s which

a gem of a heathland course designed by the celebrated Harry

all bear the stamp of Colt with elevated greens well guarded by

Colt in 1913.

bunkers, and two par 5’s making up a par 69.

Acting as a regional qualifier for the Open Championship

The surroundings alone are worth a visit with the course lined

between 1998 and 2003, and is an England Golf Championship

by heather, gorse, silver birch, oak and fir trees. Tranquillity is

venue.

also guaranteed with no road, rail or aircraft noise acting as a

The club is the home to the Selborne Salver, one of Britain’s most prestigious amateur events, and is regularly voted one of

distraction, and yet is in easy reach of London and the Home Counties via the A3.

T E L : 0 1 4 2 0 4 7 2 7 7 5 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ B L A C K M O O R G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. B L A C K M O O R G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages A selection of society packages are available for groups of twelve or more starting from just £39 per person in the winter season, and £65 per person in the summer period. All include 18 holes of golf together with a number of different food options, our golf co-ordinator will be happy to discuss your requirements.

Green Fees Visitors are warmly welcomed to Blackmoor from Monday to Friday subject to course loading during the year. Green fees are £45 in the winter period, and £70 per round in the summer season. However please note that Blackmoor is a private members club and it is highly advisable to call ahead to find the best times to visit. 103

How to get there From the A3 take the Farnham and Bordon exit on to the A325. At the second roundabout take a le; turn into Firgrove Road signed Blackmoor Golf Club, and the course is to be found at the end of the road on the right hand side. Postcode for sat nav direction is GU35 9EH

Other Facilities Practice Range

Off-course facilities are all housed within the luxury

complete with USGA standard greens and five lakes, set

171-bedroom Hilton at the Ageas Bowl hotel, which overlooks

against the iconic backdrop of the Ageas Bowl and is sure

the course and offers unrivalled comfort and style.

to offer a stern test for both high and low handicappers.

A drink or meal in Lakeview Sports Bar, the brand new

The stunning course is the result of five years’ meticulous

luxurious clubhouse - The Boundary Club or in Sir Ian Botham’s

planning, and is a typically clever Bruce Weller design,

flagship restaurant BEEFY’S can be followed by the time to

framed by mature woodland whilst making the most of natural

relax in eforea spa. This makes Boundary Lakes truly unique.

undulations and the lakes which give the course its name. The signature 18th hole will inspire and challenge, closing a

A golf experience that is beyond first class.

round in breathtaking fashion.

T E L : 0 2 3 8 2 0 2 0 9 0 9 | E M A I L : I N F O @ B O U N D A R Y- L A K E S . C O M | W E B : W W W. B O U N D A R Y- L A K E S . C O M

Society Packages Society: From £30pp Corporate: From £40pp Packages are available Monday-Sunday and can be tailored to meet any exact need, courtesy of a range of bespoke add-ons.

Green Fees Weekday from £30 Weekend from £40 Twilight from £20

How to get there Boundary Lakes is easily accessible from the M27 (J7) and close to Southampton Airport as well as Southampton Parkway & Hedge End Train Stations.

104

Accommodation Luxury 171-bedroom Hilton at the Ageas Bowl hotel, which overlooks the course and offers unrivalled comfort and style.

Other Facilities • Clubhouse – The Boundary Club • Changing Rooms & Shower Facilities • American Golf Store • BEEFY’S Restaurant • eforea spa • Lakeview Sports Bar • 15,000 Capacity International Cricket & Concert Venue

BRAMSHAW GOLF CLUB B R A M S H AW | N E W F O R E S T | H A M P S H I R E | S O 4 3 7 H E Set in the heart of the New Forest just one mile from Junction 1

for Societies, offering significant flexibility to suit any budget

(M27), Bramshaw Golf Club is home to two completely contrasting

that can include golf only (18 holes) or a full golf day (36 holes)

18-hole courses including Hampshire’s oldest golf course, The

with food options. With just a minimum of 12 players, Societies

Forest Course. The par 69, 5,752 yard, Forest Course, falls within

should take advantage of the very reasonable Green Fees: £30

the confines of the New Forest National Park where cattle and

- Manor Course, £20 - Forest Course. Under the same family

ponies have the right to roam. Constructed using the natural

ownership as the golf club, resides the 18th century coaching

contours and open heathland, this course plays like an inland links

Inn – The Bell Inn - where an overnight stay is all but essential

course. In contrast, with over 40 years under its belt the par 71,

for the visiting golfer!

6,400 yard, Manor Course, has matured into a fine parkland layout

With two courses to play, and lots of other things to see and

featuring a significant number of tight, tree-lined holes, making

do in the area and with The Bell Inn providing the perfect place

this a challenging course for all handicap levels.

in which to hole up between rounds, a round on either or both of

With the option to play two courses, Bramshaw is a no-brainer

these unique courses will linger long in your memory.

T E L : 0 2 3 8 0 8 1 3 4 3 3 | E M A I L : G O L F @ B R A M S H AW. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. B R A M S H AW. C O . U K

Society Packages Manor Course: From £30pp for 18 holes. Groups of 12-19 golfers Forest Course: From £20pp for 18 holes. Groups of 12-19 golfers Other packages are available. Please contact the club for more information.

Green Fees Manor Course: £45 Forest Course: £25

How to get there Leave the M27/A31 at Junction 1 and take the B3079 to Brook & Bramshaw. On entering the village you will see The Bell Inn on your right (note some satnavs may take you to Canterton Lane. Do not take that Lane), and the entrance to our shared car park is just after the hotel. As you turn in across the cattle grid you will see the clubhouse directly in front of you. 105

Accommodation The Bell Inn. Situated next to Bramshaw GC, featuring 28 bedrooms all with modern amenities. Please visit www.bellinn-newforest.co.uk for more information.

BROKENHURST MANOR GOLF CLUB S WAY R O A D | B R O C K E N H U R S T | H A M P S H I R E | S O 4 2 7 S G Brokenhurst Manor Golf Club, England Champions Club

with challenging greens and fairways that are in use all

2007 offers a range of services and excellent facilities that

year round due to a superb drainage and irrigation system.

will guarantee a superb day of golf and hospitality for

The Course Marshall is on hand to ensure a smooth-running

Golfing Societies and Company/Corporate Days for groups

event and the Clubhouse restaurant will complete the day

ranging from 16 to 120 guests.

with excellent cuisine.

6,222-yard 18-hole course, one of Harry Colt’s finest.

The perfect venue for; Golfing group days, Client

Nestled in the idyllic New Forest National Park, surrounded

entertainment, Staff motivation, Charitable events, Hospitality

by wildlife and great landscapes.

and relaxation with friends.

The course is maintained to an exceptional condition

T E L : 0 1 5 9 0 6 2 3 3 3 2 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ B R O K E N H U R S T- M A N O R . O R G . U K W E B : W W W. B R O K E N H U R S T- M A N O R . O R G . U K

Society Packages

We offer various packages designed to meet the requirements of most society organiser’s needs. However, if the packages stated do not quite fit your needs please feel free to contact us for a more tailored golf package. Winter packages start from £39pp. Summer packages start from £59.75pp.

Green Fees

We offer significant savings when booking online through our club website: www. brsgolf.com/ brokenhurstmanor/ visitor_home.php or call: 01590 623092.

How to get there

Proceed along the M27 towards Ringwood, leave the motorway signposted for Lyndhurst. Through Lyndhurst take the A337 Lymington Road to Brockenhurst. On entering Brockenhurst, take the right-hand turn B3055 to Sway and New Milton. Straight over the staggered crossroads and into Sway Road for approximately 1 mile, the Golf Club is on your right-hand side. 106

Accommodation

There is a selection of high quality hotels located in Brockenhurst village within a mile from the club. Alternatively, there are also several B&Bs available in the local vicinity.

Other Facilities

Purpose built in 2015, our ‘Huxley’ short-game practice area is available to visiting golfers. Our clubhouse staff provide an attentive service working alongside our in-house caterers who are regularly praised for the quality of meals they produce. We have an outside terrace and free Wi-Fi, Pro shop, putting green, practice nets and range.

CORHAMPTON GOLF CLUB S H E P H E R D S FA R M L A N E | C O R H A M P TO N | S O 3 2 3 G Z Corhampton Golf Club, is a ‘Hidden Gem’ of Hampshire Golf

Walker Cup representatives as members, Scott Gregory (2017)

situated 10 miles south of Winchester (M3) and set in the South

and Neil Raymond (2013). Neil is now pursuing his career in the

Downs National Park.

professional ranks on the Europro Tour.

The course is a classic Down land course, which drains

Whilst out on the course your refreshment needs are met at

exceptionally well, and this allows for mud free golf all year round.

‘Spooners’ halfway hut which provides hot and cold drinks, food

It plays 6,378 yards off white tees, 6,082 off yellows and 5788 off

and confectionery all year round.

reds. With its combination of natural contours, mature woodland

The course and its facilities are available to visitors from Monday

and artfully placed bunkers it provides a good test for low and

to Friday throughout the year, and with society packages available

higher handicappers alike.

for groups of all sizes including reduced price Winter Warmers.

The status of the course is further enhanced by having 2 recent

We look forward to welcoming you in 2018.

T E L : 0 1 4 8 9 8 7 7 2 7 9 ( O P T I O N 3 ) | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ C O R H A M P TO N G C . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C O R H A M P TO N G C . C O . U K

Society Packages No of Up to 13 Golfers 12 to 30 31 upward 18 holes £32 £30 £27 27 holes £39 £37 £34 36 holes £45 £42 £40

Green Fees Visitors 18 Holes £45 (Mon-Fri). Members Guest 18 Holes £25 (Mon-Fri) £30 (Sat-Sun). Visitor 9 Holes £24 (Mon-Fri).

How to get there Corhampton Golf Club is situated in the centre of an imaginary triangle, the three points being Winchester, Southampton & Portsmouth, 10 miles from Fareham in the beautiful Hampshire countryside. Easily accessed from the M3 or M27 and less than 2 hours from the centre of London. 107

Accommodation Wallops Wood Cottages. The Crown Inn, Bishops Waltham.

Other Information We are proud of our reputation as a friendly and welcoming club. Visiting golfers and societies can expect a warm welcome in our spacious clubhouse whist a well-stocked bar and first-class home-cooked food provide a perfect accompaniment to your round of golf.

HARTLEY WINTNEY GOLF CLUB LO N D O N R O A D | H A R T L E Y W I N T N E Y | H O O K | R G 2 7 8 P T Hartley Wintney is a friendly members club situated in the

The back nine is 450 yards longer than the front, so it’s

beautiful North East Hampshire countryside, easily reached from

best to get your score in early. The challenge ramps up on

the M3 & M4, and close to the borders of Berkshire and Surrey.

the closing stretch, with the 13th and the 16th being particularly

The Club has been providing enjoyable golf for over 125

strong tests. The former is the stroke index one, a 424 yard

years and is the ideal location for a relaxing game in tranquil

par four, which invites a tee shot up the left side towards a lake

surroundings.

in order to have a shot at the shallow green, while the latter

Hartley Wintney offers an 18-hole, par 71 Course that is part

is a classic three shot par five that requires precise yardage

parkland, part woodland, with many mature trees and water

management to avoid two ditches that run at right angles to

hazards. The course measures 6,277 yards from the white tees,

the fairway.

with the layout carefully designed to provide a challenge for all

The modern and comfortable clubhouse overlooks the 18th

standards and should be respected if you are aiming to return a

green and caters for groups large or small throughout the week,

good score.

offering everything from a bacon roll to a 4 course meal.

T E L : 0 1 2 5 2 8 4 4 2 1 1 | E M A I L : M S M I T H G O L F P R O @ BT I N T E R N E T. C O M W E B : W W W. H A R T L E Y W I N T N E Y G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 Hole Packages. Bespoke catering available upon request.

Green Fees £40 (Mon-Fri), £47.50 (Sat-Sun).

How to get there Exit the M3 at junction 4a or 5. Exit the M4 at junction 11 The Club is situated in the heart of Hartley Wintney, adjacent to the A30.

108

Visitor Restrictions Visitors welcome on weekdays and after 2pm at weekends.

Other Facilities Pro Shop, Short game area and practice bunker, Indoor teaching studio, Buggy Hire.

HAYLING GOLF CLUB L I N K S L A N E | H AY L I N G I S L A N D | H A M P S H I R E | P O 1 1 0 B X Enjoying spectacular sea views of the Solent and Langstone

location and the challenging links course with its ﬁne greens, offers

Harbour Hayling is the premier links golf course on the South

a special attraction and a unique experience for all. The course’s

Coast. Originally established in 1883 the course has been been

testing qualities will provide a memorable talking point to all

crafted by some of the best golf course architects in the business

visiting golfers, both individuals as well as golﬁng societies, as will

with the renowned Tom Simpson having the last input in the 1940’s.

its superb catering and friendly atmosphere. Our aim is to ensure

His work has stood the test of time and at just over 6,500 yards

that each Society visiting the Club will have an enjoyable and

Hayling remains a championship golf course to test the best. The

rewarding day, with a variety of golf and catering on offer.

club has been proud to host many national championships over

Mark Treleaven, Club Professional and his staff, are always

the years including several Ladies English Amateur Championships

on hand to help. Hayling Golf Club extends a warm welcome

as well as the English Golf Union Men’s, Logan Trophy.

to visitors and societies and trusts you will enjoy the unique

A modern art-deco style clubhouse provides a haven to enjoy the panoramic views of the course and the Solent. The stunning

golﬁng experience and the bright and friendly service from the bar and restaurant.

T E L : 0 2 3 9 2 4 6 4 4 4 6 | E M A I L : M E M B E R S @ H AY L I N G G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. H AY L I N G G O L F. C O . U K

Green Fees From £60 for both weekdays and weekends.

Visitor Restrictions: Hayling is not a beginners course which is why the club ask that all players have valid handicaps in order that they will enjoy the golf test in front of them. Hayling are not an overly formal club but we do insist on basic standards of golf attire. We recommend calling the Pro Shop beforehand who will advise you on suitable times to play. Hayling do not operate a tee-booking system for casual golf and thus you will be advised a time ‘window’ and on the day the Pro Shop will provide more speciﬁc guidance. 109

How to get there See website www.haylinggolf.co.uk for directions.

Other Facilities Buggies for hire, two outdoor nets, two putting greens, one of which can be used for chip and run (not lob shots), a short Accommodation outdoor driving range with Golf breaks packages can all-weather surface (own balls be organised by required) close to the ﬁrst tee, a www.exclusivegolfbreaks.com. practice bunker and room hire.

MEON VALLEY HOTEL AND COUNTRY CLUB S A N D Y L A N E | S H E D F I E L D | N R S O U T H A M P TO N | S O 3 2 2 H Q Meon Valley Marriott Hotel & Country Club has something special

Our state of the art golf academy enables you to perfect

to offer for golfers at all levels. Set amidst 225 acres of rolling

your swing and features a computerised teaching system

countryside in the heart of Hampshire our 27 hole golf venue is the

that combines motion analysis with pro instruction. Our PGA

perfect setting for your next round of golf with friends, colleagues

professionals take time with each student to ensure they

or clients as we come into the Autumn and Winter months.

receive the most from each session. We have extensive practice

The 18 hole par 71 Championship Meon Course cuts through

areas, including chipping and putting greens and an 11-bay

an English oak forest, offering tree-lined fairways, large bunkers

covered driving range. Bring your clubs, rent our top-brand

and natural water hazards. The 9 hole par 35 Valley Course offers

equipment or browse our pro shop for the latest tournament-

wider fairways than the Meon course. The Valley Course is slightly

quality products.

less challenging but has its own unique charm. Built around the

Whether you are looking to become a member, thinking of

ruins of an ancient Roman village, the 9 hole course can be played

your next corporate event or looking for a quick round of golf with

as one 18-hole course at 5,758 yards with a par 70.

friends, Meon Valley will truly not disappoint.

T E L : 0 1 3 2 9 8 3 3 4 5 5 | W E B : W W W. M A R R I OT T M E O N VA L L E Y. C O . U K

Society Packages

18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. Winter season November to February. Packages start from £50pp. Summer season March to October. Packages start from £55pp. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees

Please call the hotel directly for the best green fees – 01329 836836.

How to get there

From the road we are easily accessible via the M27, M3 and A3.Equidistance from Portsmouth, Southampton and Winchester. By rail direct connection to London just 75 miles away. Nearest main line station is Southampton Parkway just 15 minutes away. Find ample free parking on-site. 110

Accommodation Other Facilities 113 luxury appointed rooms with Wi-Fi, laptop safe, TV entertainment plus tea & coffee making facilities.

A warm and inviting atmosphere awaits you in our Zest Restaurant & Bar. Offering Starbucks Coffee and an extensive menu throughout the day and night. Our 2 gyms offering state of the art fitness equipment for cardio-vascular and free weights work outs. Pamper yourself in our Retreat Spa. Using Decleor and Carita products we offer a wide selection of facial and body treatments.

NORTH HANTS GOLF CLUB MINLEY ROAD | FLEET | HAMPSHIRE | GU51 1RF Founded in 1904 North Hants Golf Club is a James Braid

The Club has enjoyed a fascinating history which in many

design that was improved by the legendary Harry Colt in 1913,

ways has mirrored the history of golf. A significant moment was

the course is a superb example of a mature heathland layout

the founding in 1957 of the Hampshire Hog which, as a leading

with a delightful mix of heather and tall trees bordering each

event in the amateur golfing calendar, revealed the Club’s

impressively manicured fairway. Measuring 6,550 yards from the

existence to a wider golfing audience. The Club has enjoyed

back tees, North Hants is a true test of every club in the bag and

the membership of many fine golfers, not least 2013 US Open

now enjoys the sort of greens and fairways that only a recently

Champion Justin Rose.

installed irrigation system can ensure.

We offer a friendly and warm reception to all golfers who visit

We host a number of Open competitions for elite and

the club and are confident our superbly presented golf course

recreational golfers and our Society and Corporate packages are

and excellent club house facilities combined with our friendly

renowned as offering tremendous value for money on one of the

professional and clubhouse staff will ensure your visit to North

South East’s finest heathland courses.

Hants is a memorable one.

T E L : 0 1 2 5 2 6 1 6 4 4 3 | E M A I L : K F E W S T E R @ N O R T H H A N T S G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. N O R T H H A N T S G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages 18 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dinner options, freshly prepared on site by our team of chef’s. Packages from £80pp.

Green Fees

Visitors are very welcome at North Hants Golf Club. Please contact us to arrange a suitable date and time to play. Visitors must all have an official handicamkp and must adhere to the club’s dress code. On arrival at the course please go to the Pro Shop to register. For all enquiries please contact the Professionals Shop on 01252 616655.

How to get there

From M3 north or southbound, exit at Junction 4a and take the A327 to Farnborough. At the next roundabout, take the second exit towards Fleet and shortly after, right at the following roundabout – the A3013 for Fleet. Follow the A3013 for approximately one mile, going straight over (first exit) the first roundabout. At the next roundabout, turn right for the B3013. North Hants Golf Club entrance can be found, almost immediately, on the left hand side. 111

Accommodation The Premier Inn located in Fleet is a 10 minute walk from the club. We can also recommend excellent hotels in the surrounding area for your visit.

Other Facilities

18 hole course, fully equipped pro-shop, practice ground, practice nets and putting green, modern clubhouse, bar, terrace, Justin Rose meeting room, car park and free WIFI.

SANDFORD SPRINGS HOTEL | GOLF | EVENTS KINGSCLERE | HAMPSHIRE | RG26 5RT Its three loops of nine holes give Sandford Springs Golf Club a

But don’t be fooled by appearances. The three courses can

unique feel. The charming club, nestled in the north Hampshire

prove a challenge for all levels of golfer, while the staff and the club

countryside, emanates an air of quiet contentment, and yet such a

have achieved their aim of being recognised as one of the finest

calm façade belies a passionate heartbeat that exists beneath.

golf venues in the region. Professionalism, efficiency, drive and

There is a real sense of character about the place, from the

friendliness are packaged together in a way that makes you want

moment you first set eyes on the pretty white clubhouse with its

to come back and enjoy the unique golfing experience at Sandford

ornate ironwork and neat touches.

Springs again and again.

Even the 27 holes – set out as three distinct loops of nine in

Off course, Sandford Springs is blessed with extensive facilities,

the form of the aptly-named Wood, Park and Lakes courses – are

enabling it to host everything from conferences and business

serene and meander through the rolling countryside overlooking

meetings, to Christmas parties, christenings, weddings and

Watership Down.

summer balls.

G E N E R A L T E L : 0 1 6 3 5 2 9 6 8 0 0 | P R O S H O P. T E L : 0 1 6 3 5 2 9 6 8 0 8 | FA X : 0 1 6 3 5 2 9 6 8 0 1 . E M A I L : I N F O @ S A N D F O R D S P R I N G S . C O . U K | W E B S I T E : W W W. S A N D F O R D S P R I N G S . C O . U K

Society Packages Winter from £30. Summer from £49.

Green Fees Winter (Nov-Mar) From £35, 4-ball from £100. Summer (Apr-Oct) From £40, 4-ball from £120.

How to get there Located halfway between Newbury and Basingstoke on the A339 at the foot of the Kingsclere bypass.

112

Accommodation 40-bedroom hotel on site.

Other Facilities Driving range, short game area and putting green. Buggies and electric trolleys available.

STONEHAM GOLF CLUB M O N K S W O O D C LO S E | B A S S E T T | S O U T H A M P TO N | S O 1 6 3 T T Stoneham Golf Club, founded in 1908 and designed by Willie

unique set up, including five par 5’s and five par 3’s, creates a

Park Jnr (of Sunningdale Old Course fame), has long been

wonderfully varied experience. The standards always remain

recognised as one of the top clubs in England. Having hosted

high with the putting surfaces often regarded some of the best

major amateur events like the Brabazon Trophy, as well as

on the country. When it comes to visiting golfers, whether a

being the original home of the British Masters (what was then

small gathering or large corporate event, nothing is too much

the Dunlop Masters). It is now making great strides to improve

trouble, and your day will be customised to suit you. Anything is

further and is in the third year of a £1 million investment on

possible: all you have to do is ask.

the golf course. These efforts have been recognised in the

The views over the course and beyond from the patio provide

Golf World Top 100 where it has climbed up the rankings by 16

the perfect backdrop to enjoy your post golf refreshments and

places to 81; the second biggest rise in the country.

muse over what might have been during your round. A great

The home of European Tour player Richard Bland, it has a

time to come to Stoneham

T E L : 0 2 3 8 0 7 6 9 2 7 2 | E M A I L : J AY N E @ S TO N E H A M G O L F C LU B . O R G . U K W E B : W W W. S TO N E H A M G O L F C LU B . O R G . U K

Society Packages 2017/18 Society & Group Packages (min 12) Tailored to individual requirements Summer prices from £50. Winter packages from £40 to include coffee & food.

Green Fees From £30 (winter) & £35 (summer) Visitor Restrictions: Tuesday, Saturday & Sunday mornings. Visitors and groups at weekends by arrangement & subject to the restrictions above.

How to get there From M3 follow A33 Southampton, turn left at first roundabout into Bassett Green Road and the club is 1/2 mile on the left. From M27 take Junction 5 and head in to Southampton. At the first lights turn right and continue up the hill for one mile and club is on the right. 113

Accommodation Recommended DoubleTree by Hilton Southampton – Less than 1 mile away.

Other Facilities Practice putting green. Private meeting room. Lounge, Bar & Patio.

TYLNEY PARK GOLF CLUB R I D G E L A N E | R OT H E R W I C K | H O O K | H A M P S H I R E | R G 2 7 9 AY Special events are our specialty, make sure that you pay us a visit

to London that you can get a true feeling of being away from

in 2018.

anything “man-made”.

Management, staff and members at Tylney Park welcome all

The mature trees and some of the largest undulating greens

golfers to hold their golf society/corporate event at their first class

are the main features of the course ensuring an attractive and

golf course. With a friendly clubhouse, well stocked pro-shop, good

challenging test; just being on the putting surface is not sufficient

practice facilities, extensive menu options and a scenic external

to ensure a good score. But as the course offers 5 tee positions

eating area you are assured of the perfect day.

Tylney Park can be set up to enable golfers of all standards to

Tylney Park is perhaps one of the most peaceful golf courses

enjoy their day.

and yet has easy access from roads such as the M3 and

Summer or winter we have the package for you. You may

within easy reach from the towns, such as, Basingstoke, Fleet,

choose to opt for one of our most popular set packages or create a

Farnborough, Camberley and Farnham. Spread over 200 acres of

totally bespoke package for your group; either way, our dedicated

beautiful Hampshire countryside there are very few places closer

team will ensure that your day is special.

T E L : 0 1 2 5 6 7 6 2 0 7 9 | E M A I L : C O N TA C T@ T Y N E Y PA R K . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.T Y L N E Y PA R K . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages are available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our Club Head Chef. Winter season November to February Packages start from £30pp. Summer season March to October Packages start from £35pp.

Green Fees Call direct for our best rates 01256-762079 (option 1).

How to get there Located just north of the M3 junction 5 in a village called Rotherwick, near Hook, Hampshire.

114

Accommodation The club can recommend excellent hotels within close proximity, including Tylney Hall Hotel.

Other Facilities Golf Shop, Driving Range, Trolley Hire, Buggy Hire, Club Hire.

WAT E R LO O V I L L E GOLF CLUB C H E R R Y T R E E AV E | C O W P L A I N | WAT E R LO O V I L L E | P O 8 8 A P Recently recognised as a Championship venue by England Golf,

carry a pond with your drive, a stream with your second and the

the course at Waterlooville Golf Club is one that is great for all

third shot requires an accurate approach to a tight green.

abilities. The course is a picturesque parkland course measuring

Waterlooville Golf Club warmly welcomes golf societies

up to 6,550 yards and with five par 5’s, five par 3’s and eight par

and corporate groups. Although our minimum number to

4’s our course is a truly unique and interesting experience.

qualify for our special Society rates is 8, we can comfortably

Following substantial investment and ongoing maintenance

accommodate much larger groups of up to 130 making

and improvements, the course is in superb condition with

Waterlooville GC the perfect venue for your next society,

fantastic greens all year round. There is also a practice ground

corporate or charity event.

and short game practice area available for those who like to fine tune their skills before playing.

You will be met upon arrival by one of our friendly staff before enjoying a round on our championship course and the

Our signature hole is the 13th – at 566 yards you have to

sumptuous food served in our bar and restaurant.

T E L : 0 2 3 9 2 2 6 3 3 8 8 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ WAT E R LO O V I L L E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W.WAT E R LO O V I L L E G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Packages available from £31.50 per person.

Green Fees Green Fees available from £25 per person.

How to get there Waterlooville GC is situated just a few miles north of Portsmouth, easily accessible from juntions 2 and 3 on the A3(M).

115

Accommodation Premier Inn - Horndean, Premier Inn - Havant, The Hampshire Hog - Clanfield, The Ship & Bell - Horndean.

Other Facilities Pro-shop, Bar, Restaurant, Putting Green, Practice Ground, Changing Rooms, Showers.

HOCKLEY GOLF CLUB FOUNDED 1904

HOCKLEY GOLF CLUB TWYFORD | WINCHESTER | HAMPSHIRE | SO21 1PL Hockley Golf Club is a private members’ Club established in

Our course flows naturally through the landscape. It has great

1914 with a deserved reputation for providing some of the best

views, stretching as far as the Isle of Wight on a clear day.

year-round playing conditions in the South of England.

Hockley Golf Club welcomes societies and corporate groups

Hockley is a James Braid designed golf course set on

throughout the year. We can guarantee your group a great day

240 acres of historic chalk downland overlooking the City of

out. A wide choice of menu, excellent facilities and a top quality

Winchester. Interestingly, although the first impression is of a hilly

chalk downland course ensure everyone has a memorable day.

course, it is in fact the least hilly of all of the local courses. The

Our clubhouse and pro shop staff are on hand to assist and

course starts with a gentle climb up the first four holes, then is flat

look after your every need. It is considered enjoyable for both

for most of the rest of the round, losing all of the height that has

high and low handicap golfers alike and when the breeze is up

been gained down the 18th hole - which is the view that you see.

Hockley is a great challenge.

T E L : 0 1 9 6 2 7 1 3 1 6 5 | E M A I L : G E N E R A L . M A N A G E R @ H O C K L E Y G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W. H O C K L E Y G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Excellent society packages from £50 per person includes Coffee on arrival, 18 holes of Golf followed by a first class meal.

Green Fees Mon - Fri £52. Weekends after 2:00pm £60.

How to get there Within easy reach of Junction 11 of the M3.

116

Accommodation Please contact the club for further details.

Other Facilities Practice range, driving range, 3 warm up nets and ample car parking.

EAST & WEST SUSSEX

117

COPTHORNE GOLF CLUB BORERS ARMS ROAD | COPTHORNE | WEST SUSSEX | RH10 3LL Situated between Crawley and East Grinstead, and no more than

The course gently rises and falls around a delightful sanctuary

five minutes from the M23, Copthorne is easy to reach from all

of woodland and heathland, with avenues of matures trees framing

corners of the South East.

many of the fairways and surrounding greens. Always presented

Founded in 1892, the club celebrated its 125th anniversary in

in superb condition, the course requires accurate hitting to avoid

2017, and enjoys a rich history in the local community.

finding the tree line, while a ditch that bisects many of the holes

The 18-hole course, which measures 6,654 yards and plays

places an emphasis on good course management. The greens

to a par of 72, has undergone several revisions since it was

are large, but often multi-tiered, requiring the right portion of the

first built. The present course is made up of 10 ‘new’ holes,

putting surface to be found to set up a decent birdie chance.

which were opened between 1976 and 1984, and eight of which

After a round, visitors can relax in the comfortable clubhouse,

have been in existence since 1903 and possibly earlier – with

which boasts a large conservatory that overlooks the 18th green

modifications made by James Braid in the 1930s and by Bill Cox

and the practise putting green, while there is a separate dining

in the early 1980s.

room to host large societies and corporate events.

T E L : 0 1 3 4 2 7 1 2 0 3 3 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ C O P T H O R N E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C O P T H O R N E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages From £45pp for coffee and bacon roll, 18 holes, ham, egg & chips.

Green Fees £50 midweek. £60 at weekends after 12. Four ball special of £180 during the week and £200 at weekends includes coffee and bacon roll (Apr-Oct). Visitor Restrictions: Weekends before noon are reserved for members.

How to get there M23 junction 10, East of village off A264.

Book before 1/4/18 and receive 5% discount on green fees with code ‘CGCGOLFNEWS’. 118

Accommodation Enquire with the club for recommendations.

Other Facilities Putting Green, practice facilities, Pro shop, equipment hire, trolley hire, buggy hire.

COTTESMORE GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB B U C H A N H I L L | W E S T S U S S E X | R H 1 1 9 AT The beautiful Cottesmore Estate is home to one of West

society golf day competitive and fantastic fun.

Sussex’s premier Golf and Country Clubs.

We can offer 21 hotel rooms set in our farmhouse picturesque

Our 18 hole Griffin Course and 9 hole Phoenix Course are

courtyard, a health club spa and salon. Our clubhouse Gatwick

located within the most idyllic setting. Set in classic parkland

bar overlooks the 18th hole offering home cooked delicious food

amongst beautiful vistas, mature trees and several water holes.

to tempt you.

The Griffin course is a Par 72 with 6,484 yards of natural sloping

Cottesmore is a family owned business that welcomes all

contours. Equally our 9 hole Phoenix course is a perfectly

visitors looking for an enjoyable day out. We pride ourselves

maintained Par 33 course expanding over 2,240 yards.

on offering excellent service and exceptional quality. Whether

We also have a practise area, putting green and our latest addition is a state of the art Swing studio. For larger golf days we

you choose from one of our packages or prefer a tailor-made experience we can cater for all your needs.

can offer a live scoring system and leader board that makes your

T E L : 0 1 2 9 3 5 2 8 2 5 6 | E M A I L : G O L F D AY S @ C OT T E S M O R E G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. C OT T E S M O R E G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available. Summer package prices start from just £29 including coffee, bacon roll and 18 holes. Winter packages start from just £24 including coffee, bacon roll and 18 holes. Various packages available please contact us for further info.

Green Fees Book online at www.cottesmoregolf.co.uk or call our friendly pro shop team on 01293 861777.

How to get there Set between Horsham and Crawley in West Sussex. Only a 5 minute drive from the Pease Pottage exit of the M23 and 15 minute drive from Junction 7 on the M25. Three Bridges train station and Gatwick airport are just a short taxi ride away. 119

Accommodation We have 21 hotel rooms available and 7 luxury self-catering lodges.

Other Facilities Club house with restaurant and bar, meeting rooms, pro shop, swing studio, health club with pool and spa, beauty salon, free wifi, large car park, changing rooms and lockers, putting green and practise area, club hire.

DALE HILL HOTEL AND GOLF CLUB T I C E H U R S T | WA D H U R S T | E A S T S U S S E X | T N 5 7 D Q Situated deep in the Sussex countryside in over 350 acres, Dale

a false sense of security over the front nine before presenting a

Hill is the perfect setting for an enjoyable golf and leisure break.

more demanding test on the back nine.

Royal Tunbridge Wells is a short journey away by car and offers

The par-71 Ian Woosnam-designed Championship Course which

excellent shopping and visitor attractions.

is the first course designed by the former US Masters Champion

Dale Hill offers every amenity and your comfort is ensured with

and former Ryder Cup Captain. It is 6,512 yards long and

35 luxurious en-suite bedrooms, indoor swimming pool and fully

represents a tough but rewarding challenge. The course opens

equipped health club. The restaurant boasts panoramic views and

with a 602 – yard testing par 5.

we also offer excellent conference and banqueting facilities.

Dale Hill offers packages for societies and corporate days

We have two beautifully appointed golf courses. The Dale Hill

throughout the year. We have a range of options available or we

Course (5,856 yards, par 69) lulls the unsuspecting golfer into

can create a bespoke package to suit your requirements.

T E L : 0 1 5 8 0 2 0 0 1 1 2 ( C LU B A N D H OT E L ) | 0 1 5 8 0 2 0 1 0 9 0 E M A I L : G O L F @ D A L E H I L L . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. D A L E H I L L . C O . U K

Society Packages The Woosnam Course, June, July, Sept from £49pp, April, May, Aug from £42pp, Oct, Mar from £35pp. The Dale Hill Course, Jan – Dec from £35.

Green Fees Winter (Nov – March) From £25pp. Summer (Apr – Oct) From £35pp.

How to get there Take A21 from Hastings or from Tonbridge to Flimwell. Move onto B2087 (left from Hastings, right from Tonbridge). Hotel and golf club one mile on the left.

120

Accommodation 35-bedroom hotel on site. Leisure club.

Other Facilities Leisure club, four conference rooms.

G O L F AT G O O D W O O D THE PARK COURSE T H E G O O D W O O D H OT E L | C H I C H E S T E R | W E S T S U S S E X | P O 1 8 0 Q B Designed by the renowned golf architect and player, Donald

The Park Course is located at The Goodwood Hotel, where

Steel, the Park Course winds effortlessly around the beautiful

guests can enjoy superb facilities including stylish locker and

18th Century parkland surrounding Goodwood House. The

shower rooms and access to The Goodwood Bar & Grill, where

course, which meanders through woodland and tree-lined

registration and breakfast will take place, and the Lennox Room

fairways to closely guarded greens, demands accuracy rather

which is offered for your private dinner.

than brute force. But don’t be lulled into a false sense of

To give your group golf day that true tournament feel, Golf

security, the brilliant design means that you may just be caught

At Goodwood offers a Personal Bag Drop Service, personalised

out by one of the tricky doglegs scattered about this easy to

branded and named lockers, ball pyramids for each guest,

walk parkland course. With excellent playing surfaces all year

a unique Beat James Braid Challenge, On-course branding

round, the easy-walking 6,650-yard course suits all levels of

opportunities, competitions including Nearest Pin and Longest

golfing ability, but still provides the challenge that today’s

Drive and Goodwood’s Unique Woody golf Buggies.

golfer prefers.

TEL: 01243 755168 | EMAIL: GOLF@GOODWOOD.COM | WEB: GOODWOOD.COM

Society Packages

Choose from a variety of group and society packages on The Park Course at Goodwood for up to 100 golfers, all of which can be tailored to meet your specific requirements. Once you are all golfed out, enjoy a delicious meal from menus which utilise organic ingredients from the Goodwood Estate. Packages available from £30pp.

The Golf At Goodwood Academy

How to get there

Goodwood is located just outside Chichester, only 60 The Golf Academy at The Park miles from London, and is easily boasts both open and under cover Huxley driving range bays, accessible by road, rail or air. For those travelling by train, a 6-hole par 3 Academy Course, Chichester train station is just a putting and chipping green short journey away and transfers along with a SAM putting studio, can be arranged. Parking is private coaching rooms, a highperformance studio and Trackman. available at both courses. 121

Accommodation

The Goodwood Hotel is the very essence of British style offering elegant guest rooms exuding the sort of character, charm and striking period style that help provide a golfing break to remember.

Other Facilities

Away from golf, you can enjoy an exhilarating driving experiences at the historic Motor Circuit, savour Estatereared produce at the three restaurants, take to the skies with a flight experience or perhaps try your luck at one of the world’s most beautiful racecourses. Pamper yourself with a selection of relaxing treatments at the luxurious Spa

G O L F AT G O O D W O O D DOWNS COURSE KENNEL HILL | CHICHESTER | WEST SUSSEX | PO18 0PN Goodwood has been at the forefront of international sport for

golf architect, designer of Gleneagles and Carnoustie and

generations through its racecourse, motor racing circuit and is

five times winner of the Masters Championship, James Braid,

now fast gaining a comparable reputation for the quality of its

The Downs course is often referred to as one of the finest

golf. Situated on the stunning, unspoiled Sussex countryside

downland courses in the UK and features tricky doglegs and

on the 12,000 acre Goodwood Estate. Golf At Goodwood is

long sweeping greens which are both a treat and a challenge to

just an hour from London and boasts two championship (see

true golf fans.

The Park Course overleaf) 18 hole courses. Ranked in Top 100

English Courses, the Downs Course rises steeply from the

of Richmond’s prized hunting hounds, The Kennels is the central

clubhouse, The Kennels, up towards Goodwood Racecourse

clubhouse for all of the estate’s clubs. Described as a ‘Feast

perched high on the South Downs and gives golfers incredible

for the Senses’, this inviting private members’ club is stylish

views of Chichester Cathedral, down to the Isle of Wight and

and welcoming - with modern comfortable interiors, reflecting

the sparkling Solent beyond. Designed in 1914 by legendary

Goodwood’s eclectic British style.

T E L : 0 1 2 4 3 7 7 5 5 3 7 | E M A I L : G O L F @ G O O D W O O D . C O M | W E B : W W W. G O O D W O O D . C O M

Society Packages

Choose from a variety of group and society packages on The Downs courses at Goodwood for up to 100 golfers, all of which can be tailored to meet your specific requirements. Once you are all golfed out, enjoy a delicious meal in The Kennels. Packages available from £62pp.

The Golf At Goodwood Academy

How to get there

Goodwood is located just outside Chichester, only 60 The Golf Academy at The Park miles from London, and is easily boasts both open and under accessible by road, rail or air. cover Huxley driving range bays, For those travelling by train, a 6-hole par 3 Academy Course, Chichester train station is just a putting and chipping green short journey away and transfers along with a SAM putting studio, can be arranged. Parking is private coaching rooms, a highperformance studio and Trackman. available at both courses. 122

Accommodation

The Goodwood Hotel is the very essence of British style offering elegant guest rooms exuding the sort of character, charm and striking period style that help provide a golfing break to remember.

Other Facilities

123

H O LT Y E GOLF CLUB H O LT Y E C O M M O N | C O W D E N | N E A R E D E N B R I D G E | T N 8 7 E D Visit Holtye Golf Club and you will get to enjoy one of the

golfers, beginners and families alike. Simply click on our

best 9-hole courses in the South East of England. This is an

website (www.holtye.com) to find out more or to book your

established course with a difference, as many of the tee positions

preferred tee time.

on the back nine differ dramatically from the front, thereby

Nick Duc in our pro shop stocks an extensive range of golf

making each hole a different proposition.

equipment and high quality clothing. He can also provide

Holtye provides a great test of golf for both low handicap

golf lessons and advice on all aspects to improve your game.

golfers as well as newcomers to the game. Despite not being a

After your visit why not enjoy a drink in the bar and sample

long course (par 66) this pretty and challenging course requires

our excellent catering facilities? There is a selection of delicious

a need for accuracy and good course management.

food to suit all tastes. On a warm day, sit on the balcony and

The club provides a friendly welcome to all, seasoned

take in the stunning views of the surrounding area.

T E L : 0 1 3 4 2 8 5 0 6 3 5 | E M A I L : G E N E R A L- M A N A G E R @ H O LT Y E . C O M | W E B : W W W. H O LT Y E . C O M

Society Packages Societies are most welcome. Please contact our General Manager Nick Duc on 01342 850 635, Option 2 for details of packages available.

Green Fees Winter green fees at £15 for 18 and £10 for 9. Twilight is defined as: 3pm April, May, October, November & 4pm June to September Non-Member Rates. 18 Holes. Monday to Friday £22, twilight £18. Weekends and BH £25, twilight £20. 9 Holes. Monday to Friday £15.00, twilight £12.50. weekends and BH £18.00, twilight £15.

How to get there On the A264 midway between East Grinstead (6 miles) and Tunbridge Wells (8.6 miles) and 1 mile south of Cowden on Holtye Common. The clubhouse sits alongside the old White Horse Inn (now a private house called The White House) opposite the 1st tee. We are centrally located 30 mins from Gatwick, 45 mins from Brighton, 50 mins from Eastbourne, 20 mins from the M25. 124

Other Facilities Putting greens, chipping areas, driving range and practice nets.

IFIELD GOLF CLUB R U S P E R R O A D | I F I E L D | C R AW L E Y | W E S T S U S S E X | R H 1 1 0 L N A mature Parkland golf course founded in 1927, Ifield lies on

laid out on level country and somewhat belies what lays ahead.

the west side of Crawley, and has remained largely unaltered

Fairways winding through avenues of gorgeous trees, on

over the years. Designed and built by the same leading golf

rolling contours, that present some holes of great character and

architects of the day entrusted with the redesign of Royal

challenge. The homeward nine forms the outer loop with the

Birkdale, this 6,319 yards par 70 layout offers almost the same

boundary of the course always to your left. The closing 5 holes

test as it did 80 years ago. Described then “as close to the

provide a tremendous finish to the round for, with the exception

ideal of inland golf as a parkland course could possibly be…

of the short 17th, each one measures over 400 yards.

the surroundings are as delightful as heart could wish and the

If you have played Ifield before, it will be much as you

round, laid out in two loops of 9 holes, is as complete a test of

remember it and we look forward to welcoming you back. If

play as modern architecture could make it.”

playing for the first time, you can look forward to playing one of

The par 5 opening hole offers a benign opening tee shot

the most established Parkland courses in the County.

T E L : 0 1 2 9 3 5 2 0 2 2 2 | E M A I L : S A M B E S T. I G C C @ BTC O N N E C T. C O M | W E B : W W W. I F I E L D G O L F. C O M

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options. • Winter season November to March. • Spring package in April. • Summer season May to October.

Green Fees Vary with the seasons; book online at www.ifieldgolf.com or ring the Pro Shop on 01293 523088.

How to get there Located in Rusper Road a mile from the A2011 Crawley Avenue ring road.

125

Accommodation Being close to Gatwick Airport there are plentiful Hotels within a close radius.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, bar, outside terrace, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers. Practice ground, putting green and practice nets. Large car park.

LITTLEHAMPTON GOLF CLUB 1 7 0 R O P E WA L K | R I V E R S I D E W E S T | L I T T L E H A M P TO N | W E S T S U S S E X | B N 1 7 5 D L Spectacularly set on the South Coast of West Sussex, with

from round to round. However, one consistent feature is the

fabulous views of the River Arun estuary, the English Channel

quality of the course and the fact that due to its location and

and the spectacular South Downs, Littlehampton Golf Course

excellent drainage it remains playable all year round.

offers a unique and memorable golfing experience.

After a great round of golf you will find a warm and friendly

Recently called ‘Sussex’s hidden gem of a links’ by Golf

welcome in our modern Clubhouse. With a wide range of food

News, Littlehampton Golf Club is the only links course to be

choices and relaxing bars, why not enjoy a drink and a meal in

found in West Sussex and also the 5th oldest club in Sussex,

the restaurant, both having amazing views across the course.

being founded in 1889.

We also have great value green fee and society packages

As golfers we all enjoy a challenge and at Littlehampton you

available and our Clubhouse facilities can be hired for

can always expect a fair test for golfers of all abilities and ages.

private parties or functions. Whichever way you choose to

The course is never the same from one day to the next, as the

discover Littlehampton Golf Club, a warm and friendly welcome

changing wind conditions make each hole set up differently

is assured.

T E L : 0 1 9 0 3 7 1 7 1 7 0 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ L I T T L E H A M P TO N G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. L I T T L E H A M P TO N G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages One round (weekdays) £30. Two rounds (weekdays) £40. One round (weekends from 1.00 p.m.) £35. Winter Society (weekdays January & February from 10.00 a.m.) £20.

Green Fees Weekdays 18 Holes £40. Weekends 18 Holes £60.

How to get there From the North via A24 and A29 and From the West and East via A259.

126

Accommodation Please contact the club for further details.

Other Facilities Practice facilities, practice putting green, 2 practice nets and buggy hire.

ROOKWOOD GOLF COURSE R O B I N H O O D L A N E | WA R N H A M | H O R S H A M | W E S T S U S S E X | R H 1 2 3 R R Located next to Warnham Nature Reserve, on the outskirts of

an ideal venue for societies and corporate events.

Horsham, Rookwood is one of Sussex golf’s true hidden gems.

The stunning clubhouse is housed in a converted 17th

First opened in 1997, its 18-hole course occupies a mix of gently

century Sussex barn, and offers a wide-ranging menu for golf

undulating parkland and mature woodland. The 6,261-yard layout

days. A feature of the conversion is the large mezzanine floor

features strategically-positioned bunkers and a number of large

overlooking the bar. This spectacular dining area, with its own

lakes and presents an enjoyable challenge to both experienced

veranda overlooking the course, can cater for a private awards

players and novices alike.

dinner or post-match meal.

Fast moving greens with subtle undulations, lush green

The club’s highly experienced golf team is on hand to ensure

fairways, and well-maintained tees all combining to create a very

every aspect of your golf day will run smoothly, with a variety of

playable, but most importantly enjoyable, game of golf, making it

bespoke packages available to suit groups of all sizes.

T E L : 0 1 4 0 3 2 5 2 1 2 3 | E M A I L : I N F O @ R O O K W O O D G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. R O O K W O O D G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Golf day packages for groups of eight or more available from just £25 per person, or bespoke days can be arranged to suit your exact requirements.

Green Fees From £15 during the week and £30 at weekends. Savings available when booked online.

How to get there Accommodation Located off the A24 Robin Please contact the club Hood roundabout, between for details. North Horsham and Broadbridge Heath, Rookwood is within walking distance of Horsham town centre.

127

Other Facilities 9-hole par-3 course (which is also available for FootGolf); changing rooms; practice putting green and pitching area; bar and lounge; golf shop; buggy and trolley hire.

SLINFOLD GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB S TA N E S T R E E T | S L I N F O L D | W E S T S U S S E X | R H 1 3 0 R E Slinfold Golf & Country Club lies just west of Horsham, in

hole that requires a testing iron shot over water, while the

beautiful Sussex parkland. Designed and opened in 1992,

signature par-four 10th demands a challenging drive from an

the club is one of the most popular membership and golf day

island tee in front of the clubhouse.

destinations in the area.

The greens and tees are built to USGA specifications, ensuring

The 18-hole course is set among mature oak trees and

excellent year-round playing conditions, while the naturally

strategically-placed water hazards, and is the ideal society

forgiving topography makes it an easy walk. The layout is

venue at just under 6,500 yards, with four par 3s and four par 5s.

designed in two loops, allowing for a shorter game experience if

Measuring 6,424 yards from the white tees, the course puts an

time is limited. A new 9-hole short course provides an extra option

emphasis on accurate shot placement over big hitting, with well-

for 27-hole golf days.

positioned bunkers and natural hollows needing to be negotiated to shoot a good score.

The spacious clubhouse boasts a gym, swimming pool, Jacuzzi spa and steam room, which visitors are welcome to use. The bar

Among the standout holes are the par-three 16th, a 163-yard

and dining area offers a full catering service throughout the day.

T E L : 0 1 4 0 3 7 9 2 6 3 0 | E M A I L : S H I R L E Y. PA R K E R - S M I T H @ S L I N F O L D C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. S L I N F O L D C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Packages available for groups of eight or more. Coffee & Bacon Rolls + 18-Holes of Golf - from £26.50pp (w/day), £29.50 (w/e). Add £5pp for a once-course post-round meal. Seasonal variations apply.

Green Fees £35 peak, £17.50 twilight off peak. Summer four ball offer: £25pp (Mon-Fri), £28.50 (sat/sun). Visitor Restrictions: Members only before midday at the weekends.

How to get there Five miles from Horsham and three miles north of Billingshurst in West Sussex, on the A29.

128

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities 9-hole short course; 18-bay floodlit driving range, and putting green. Lounge Bar for food and drinks.

ESSEX & EAST ANGLIA

129

BENTLEY GOLF CLUB ONGAR ROAD | BRENTWOOD | ESSEX | CM15 9SS Bentley Golf Club has been established since 1972 and is set in

We pride ourselves on a friendly welcome, attention to detail

attractive undulating Essex parkland. The course measures 6,703

and a flexible approach to ensure you and your guests enjoy the

yards (par 72) and was designed by Alec Swan and arranged in

perfect golf day!

two loops of 9 holes starting and finishing at the Clubhouse.

“The welcome from the club and the members was great.

The course offers a good challenge for the more

From a playing and course point of view I think it is fair to say

accomplished golfer but is nevertheless a very enjoyable layout

it went very, very well. I heard comments such as “Hidden

for the less experienced player. This is an easy walking course

Gem”, “Why have we never been here before, this is brilliant “to

that encourages golfers to think about their next shot and is

experienced former Tour Pro’s extolling the virtues of the greens

therefore an excellent test for all golfers.

with such comments as “These greens are up to Tour Standard”.

On arrival you will be welcomed into our recently refurbished

I did not hear one negative comment about your club or your

club house, by friendly staff a well-stocked bar and outside

excellent golf course. Top class.

terrace with views across the course

Gordon Campbell (Secretary - PGA East)

T E L : 0 1 2 7 7 3 7 3 1 7 9 | S E C R E TA R Y @ B E N T L E Y G O L F C LU B . C O M | W E B : W W W. B E N T L E Y G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Flexible packages available with breakfast, lunch and Dinner from £35 We are always happy to discuss tailored packages to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees Standard Rate £35. Weekends After 1pm £42.50, (Subject to reservation).

How to get there 10 minutes from Junction 28. From M25 follow directions to Brentwood and to the Ongar Road A128.

130

Accommodation Please contact the club office for further details.

Other Facilities Practice ground, Clubhouse and Professional Shop facilities.

PIC: NCG MAGAZINE

G R E AT YA R M O U T H A N D C A I S T E R GOLF CLUB YA R M O U T H R O A D | C A I S T E R - O N - S E A | N O R F O L K | N R 3 0 5 T D To walk close to the sea with a brisk breeze on your cheek and

members and visitors as one of the friendliest clubs in the

firm, sandy turf beneath your feet is to experience golf not only

County. All are made welcome who come to the club. The

as it was hundreds of years ago but arguably as it should be

club caters for all ages and gender with full programmes, both

today – a simple beguiling game in no need of embellishment

golfing and social, available to members and guests.

Surely there is no more complete test of one’s skill or character.

Founded in 1882 by Thomas Brown RH, the club was

Standing up to the elements, handling good and bad bounces

fortunate in its early years, in being adopted by members of

with equal grace, using mind over muscle to navigate a curious

Royal Blackheath Golf Club who provided Captains, Officers,

landscape – these are the challenges that give the pleasurable

members and trophies. The club is, therefore, steeped in history

excitement of golf on the Caister links.

being the oldest club in Norfolk.

Great Yarmouth & Caister Golf Club is regarded by most

T E L : 0 1 4 9 3 7 2 8 6 9 9 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ C A I S T E R G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. C A I S T E R G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages We tailor your golf day to your requirements. Prizes can be supplied. Separate dining room. Packages of 18/28/36 holes with Winter packages available. All Society bookings to be made through the Pro Shop on 01493 720421.

Green Fees Monday to Friday: £40. Weekends: £50. Day rate summer, £50 midweek, £60 weekends.

How to get there From the A47. On reaching Great Yarmouth, at the first roundabout, take the2nd exit onto New Road/A47. At the second roundabout, take the 1st exit onto North Quay / A149. Continue on for 1.5 miles until the next roundabout, take the 2nd exit onto Yarmouth Road after 100 yards, the entrance to the Course is on your right. 131

Accommodation If visiting the area why not stay at the classic 4* Imperial Hotel on the sea front in Great Yarmouth and enjoy Complimentary Golf as a hotel resident on the classic links here at Great Yarmouth and Caister.

Other Facilities You are welcome to use the practice facilities and our Pro Shop carries a wide range of equipment and clothing. Please report to the Professional’s shop when you arrive.

SPROWSTON MANOR MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB WROXHAM ROAD | NORWICH | NR7 8RP Sprowston Manor Marriott Hotel & Country Club welcomes

and a coaching academy that provides lessons from PGA-certified

you to Norwich, UK with an idyllic countryside location, luxury

teaching professionals.

accommodation and a host of first-rate amenities, providing astylish

Sprowston Manor Golf Club features USGA specification

backdrop for your visit.

greens and over 70 strategically placed bunkers. It also boasts

Our hotel is housed within a stately 16th-century English manor

several impressive water features, most notably the ponds, weirs

and features the perfect blend of historic elegance and contemporary

and fountains on the spectacular 7th hole, a par-4 dogleg that

comfort. Hotel rooms and suites boast a variety of helpful amenities,

runs alongside our hotelâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s stately oak-lined driveway. With large,

while many feature views of our beautifully landscaped grounds.

undulating greens and the ability to play from numerous tees,

Designed for the champion golfer in everyone, Sprowston Manor

Sprowston Manor provides a challenge for golfers of all skill levels.

Golf Club is widely regarded as one of the best inland courses in

Our par-71, 6,547-yard championship course in Norwich has hosted

Norfolk. Our course features challenging, inventive holes and a

numerous events over the years, including the professional EuroPro

picturesque setting in Norwich. We also offer a first-rate pro shop

Tour and the amateur Trilby Tour.

T E L : 0 1 6 0 3 2 5 4 2 9 0 | E M A I L : S P R O W S TO N M A N O R . E V E N T S @ M A R R I OT T H OT E L S . C O . U K W E B : W W W. M A R R I OT TG O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Book now for your 2018 Golf Society Day for a minimum of 12 players and you will receive 20% off Food & Beverages for all golfers. Simply quote GNPowerUp.

Green Fees From ÂŁ25pp. Contact the club for further details of up to date rates.

How to get there Just over 2 hours from London via M11.

132

Accommodation 94 en-suite rooms onsite. Indoor swimming pool and spa.

Other Facilities 26 bay floodlit driving range, practice facilities, buggy hire.

ROYAL NORWICH GOLF CLUB D R AY TO N H I G H R O A D | H E L L E S D O N | N O R W I C H | N R 6 5 A H Royal Norwich Golf Club is set in beautiful woodlands on the

play a round of golf and use the excellent facilities onsite.

outskirts of Norwich and home to an exciting but challenging

The Pro-Shop provides guests with the best equipment and

18-hole course, which was designed by James Braid.

lessons for all ages and abilities.

The 6th is a beautiful undulating hole played downhill from

The friendly modern clubhouse and bar offers visitors the

the tee and then uphill to a long green surrounded by woods

opportunity to relax and enjoy food which has been locally

on either side. The green is arguably the fastest in Norfolk

sourced from Norfolk whilst catching up on the latest golf

when putting from back to front. The hole has never changed

on Sky Sports.

in design and with a fantastic drainage course the course is a joy to play all year round.

There’s never been a better time to join Royal Norwich, with 2018 seeing the club celebrate its 125th anniversary

Royal Norwich welcomes both members and day visitors to

before relocating to Weston Longville in summer 2019.

T E L : 0 1 6 0 3 4 2 9 9 2 8 | E M A I L : M A I L@ R O YA L N O R W I C H . C O . U K | W E B : R O YA L N O R W I C H G O L F. C O . U K

Golf Packages Winter Special Offer: Coffee on arrival, all day golf and lunch from the daily specials board - £30 Monday – Friday (October – March)

Green Fees Weekday: £35. Off Peak: £20. Twilight: £15.

How to get there The course is situated just 3 miles from the centre of the City of Norwich on Drayton Road, A1067.

For more information on memberships or Braid Play Golf Credits, contact the club. 133

Accommodation Contact club for recommendations.

Other Facilities Pro-shop, clubhouse, bar, venue hire for private functions.

UFFORD PARK GOLF CLUB YA R M O U T H R O A D | M E LTO N | W O O D B R I D G E | S U F F O L K | I P 1 2 1 Q W Set in the beautiful Suffolk Countryside located between

EuroPro Tour and is current host to the Disabled British Open.

Ipswich and Aldeburgh, Ufford Park Golf Club is one of

The course layout offers a good selection of short holes

Suffolk’s premier golf clubs and an ideal venue to hold a truly

that require thought, and longer holes that all circle a five acre

memorable society or corporate golf day.

central conservation area. Water comes into play on 12 of the

Spread across 120 acres of undulating parkland, the

holes and the risk versus reward debate on each hole makes it

18-hole, par-71 award-winning course is perfect for players of

particularly popular with more discerning golfers.

all abilities.

As Ufford Park Golf Club is part of a hotel and spa resort,

It’s excellent natural drainage system ensures greens are

there’s plenty to enjoy away from the course both before and

playable all year round ensuring you can make the most of the

after your round. The hotel boasts a number of high quality

course no matter what time of year you plan on playing.

bars and a newly refurbished restaurant where you can enjoy

Regarded as an enjoyable, yet stern test of golf, it has played

a relaxing drink and some food with the rest of your society as

host to a number of prestigious events including the PGA

you catch up on the events of the day.

T E L : 0 1 3 9 4 3 8 2 8 3 6 | E M A I L : G O L F @ U F F O R D PA R K . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. U F F O R D PA R K . C O . U K

Society Packages

• 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. • Winter season November to February, Packages start from £29pp. • Summer season March to October, Packages start from £35pp. • Winter Warmer – 1st November until 28th February - Arrival coffee, bacon bap, 18-holes, one course bar special – from £29pp. • Wednesday with Wheels - £60 for two people for 18 holes of golf and a buggy included. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees

Book online for our best rates www. uffordpark.co.uk/golf or call 01394 382836

134

How to get there From Ipswich, take the A12 north bypassing Woodbridge and then turn right at the roundabout onto the A1152 to Melton. Turn onto B1438 towards Ufford.

Accommodation

90-bedroom hotel with onsite health club and spa.

Other Facilities

18-hole course, bar, outside terrace, function rooms, AmericanGolf pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, meeting rooms, free parking, putting green and Suffolk’s only 2-tier driving range.

THE WARREN GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB MALDON | ESSEX | CM9 6RW Situated less than an hour from London, and 15 minutes from

The front nine features no fewer than eight par 4s, ending with a

Chelmsford, The Warren is tucked away just outside the village of

435-yard test than plays over a pond at the tee and finishes with

Maldon, and enjoys a splendidly rural spot for a day’s golfing in

demanding 200-yard shot to a raised green. The back nine offers

beautiful Essex countryside.

slightly more birdie opportunities, as the course rises up out of

The 325-acre Warren Estate offers an 18-hole championship

the valley and plays over somewhat flatter territory. Investment

course, a 9-hole course, and a 9-hole par 3 course, and caters for

in drainage and new machinery ensures the courses are always

the complete spectrum of golfers, from casual green fee players

presented in superb condition.

to committed competition golfers, and is ideal for corporate events and society days.

Practice facilities comprise a full-length driving range, a short game area with two practice bunkers, and a separate practice

The 6,229-yard, par-70 championship course boasts plenty

putting green close to the first tee. The pro shop, which is housed

of elevation changes through what was once a deer park, and is

in a barn next to the clubhouse, is packed with all the latest gear,

blessed with an abundance of mature trees and natural streams.

and custom fitting for Ping and Titleist clubs.

T E L : 0 1 2 4 5 2 2 3 2 5 8 | E M A I L : S A L E S @ WA R R E N E S TAT E . C O . U K | W E B : WA R R E N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Golf days can accommodate from 12100 people. Packages start from £35pp. For more details about society groups or corporate golf day packages, call 01245 223258, email sales@warrengolfclub.co.uk, or visit www.thewarrenestate.co.uk

Green Fees Visitor green fees from £20 on weekdays after 1pm from October-March, and from £30 April-September. Weekends from £40 after 1pm.

How to get there Exit A12 at Junction 18 for A414 towards Maldon. At the roundabout take the 3rd exit onto Maldon Road/A414. Follow A414 for 3.2 miles through Danbury, turn left after Esso Petrol Station. Follow Road for 0.7 miles and entrance is on the left. 135

Accommodation The Warren Estates has a range of luxury lodges on-site that are available for shortterm let. For enquiries contact the club directly.

Other Facilities The Warren’s health club features a gym, indoor swimming pools and fitness suites, while a magnificent 18th century barn, which adjoins the clubhouse, is popular party venue, and is ideal forhosting corporate events.

WOODBRIDGE GOLF CLUB B R O M E S W E L L H E AT H | W O O D B R I D G E | S U F F O L K | I P 1 2 2 P F Woodbridge Golf Club boasts 27 fantastic holes of golf to

even after the heaviest rain and is maintained to the highest

challenge players of all levels and has a warm and welcoming

standards throughout the year. It provides a wonderful golfing

atmosphere. Located in an area of outstanding natural beauty on

experience, from both the quality of the course itself and the

Suffolkâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s coastal heathland and with the driest climate in England

environment in which it sits, being the home of a number of rare

allows almost uninterrupted golf all year round.

species of wildlife.

Heath Course: Designed in 1893 by the famous Scottish

Forest Course: Opened in 1972 and extended in 1988, the 9

professional Davie Grant and subsequently updated by James

hole Forest Course is one of the finest facilities of its kind in

Braid, the 18 hole, Par 70 (SSS 71) Heath Course offers an intriguing

the area. At over 6,300 yards over 18 holes, the Par 70 (SSS 71)

and varied test of golf. The 6,300 yard course features well

course offers an extremely good test of golf as well as being a

separated fairways fringed with heather, gorse, oak and pine

picturesque and peaceful spot for enjoying the game. The course

where each hole presents a different challenge. Well known for its

also benefits from being free draining. This course really is a gem

sandy, free draining sub soil the course usually remains playable

to add to the main course.

T E L : 0 1 3 9 4 3 8 2 0 3 8 | E M A I L : C LU B S E C R E TA R Y @ W O O D B R I D G E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W.W O O D B R I D G E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Available on request. Contact the club office for details.

Green Fees Available on request. Contact the club office for details.

How to get there From London follow the A12 to Ipswich and then follow signs to the A1152.

136

Accommodation Thinking of staying in Suffolk for a few days? Look at what Suffolk Coastal Golf can offer by visiting www.suffolkcoastalgolf.com

Other Facilities Large Putting Green, Warm Up Range, 2 Practice Nets, Golf Studio.

THE WEST & SOUTH WEST W I LT S H I R E G LO U C E S T E R DORSET SOMERSET DEVON C O R N WA L L BRISTOL

137

THE ASHLEY WOOD GOLF CLUB W I M B O R N E R O A D | B L A N D F O R D F O R U M | D O R S E T | DT 1 1 9 H N The Ashley Wood Golf Club is a warm and friendly 18 hole Golf

ancient woodlands that are carpeted with bluebells in the spring

Course in Dorset where visitors and Golf Societies are always

and abundant with birdlife including buzzards.

welcome. The club was founded in 1896 and is constructed on

The chalk downland means that the course drains very

natural well drained chalk downland with spectacular views over

quickly and remains playable in all but the most extreme

the surrounding Dorset countryside.

weather so ideal for that golf break near the coast. The course

The fairways at The Ashley Wood Golf Club are undulating

is par 70 and at 6,308 yards, is not the longest golf course in

and apart from the fairly steep third hole, all the others are easy

Dorset but the last five holes provide a strong challenge for all

walking so it suits golfers of all ages and abilities especially

levels of ability, especially if the wind blows. Regardless of your

those looking for a relatively easy to walk golf course. The

handicap, if you’re looking for a challenging game of golf in

views of the surrounding countryside north to Salisbury Plain

Dorset you won’t be disappointed.

and south to the Purbecks are magnificent and these are

The Ashley Wood Golf Club has been described by Peter

complemented with 4 holes played within Ashley Wood itself,

Alliss as the best kept secret in Dorset,

T E L : 0 1 2 5 8 4 5 2 2 5 3 | E M A I L : G E N E R A L M A N A G E R @ A S H L E Y W O O D G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W. A S H L E Y W O O D G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Groups of 12 or more Golf only £27pp Coffee, Bacon Roll & 18 holes of Golf only £30pp Coffee, Bacon Roll, 18 holes of Golf followed by a 2 Course Meal, Crispy Pork Belly & Chocolate Orange Cheesecake only £43.50pp Groups of 20 or more The society organiser receives FREE golf.

Green Fees Visitors Day Ticket £50. 18 Holes between 10.00hrs to 15.00hrs £35. Twilight (after 15.00hrs) £15.

Accommodation Brook Farm, Winterborne Zelston Tel: 01929459284 www.brookfarmdorset.co.uk Charlton Inn, Charlton Marshall Tel: 01258453160 www.thecharltoninn.co.uk 138

Crown Hotel, Blandford Tel: 01258456626 crownhotelblandford.co.uk Other accommodation available. Contact the Club for details.

Other Facilities Modern clubhouse with fully stocked Pro Shop. Large function room.

BOVEY CASTLE D A RT M O O R N AT I O N A L PA R K N O R T H B O V E Y | D A R T M O O R N AT I O N A L PA R K | D E V O N | TQ 1 3 8 R E Bovey Castle is a 5 Red Star country resort, set in a 275 acres

this course has been described as an experience of golf never

estate, located in the heart of Dartmoor National Park, in Devon.

to be forgotten, presenting the pure challenge of golf to

The hotel’s plush accommodation is divided between 60 uniquely-

professional and amateur alike. The course meanders through

appointed rooms in the manor house and mews, and the 22

the hotel estate, surrounded by idyllic landscape and challenges

lodges nestled in the grounds.

to meet any handicap.

For golfers, the course at Bovey Castle is a challenging and

Golf day packages start at just £35 per person during the winter,

beautiful 18-hole championship course, designed in 1926 by J F

including breakfast and a round of golf up to a full day’s hospitality,

Abercromby, one of the finest British golf course designers of the

with breakfast, lunch, dinner and golf included. The golf team

last century. When the course opened in 1930, it quickly gained

can include personalised scorecard preparation and complete

national acclaim for its reputation as one of the most enjoyable

management of the golf event.

places to play golf. Designed to rival its sister courses at Gleneagles and Turnberry,

Bovey Castle truly is the perfect venue for your next golf day.

T E L : 0 1 6 4 7 4 4 5 0 9 8 | E M A I L : S A R N O L D @ B O V E Y C A S T L E . C O M | W E B : W W W. B O V E Y C A S T L E . C O M

Golf Day Packages

Winter Packages • 18 Holes & Breakfast, from £35 Enjoy a full English Breakfast before your round of golf • 18 Holes, Breakfast & Lunch, from £44. Start your day with coffee & a bacon roll and enjoy either a 1 or 2 course meal in our Smith’s Brasserie after your round

Summer Packages • 18 Holes & Breakfast, from £64. Enjoy a coffee & bacon roll in Smith’s Brasserie before your round of golf. • 18 Holes, Breakfast & Lunch, from £69. Start your day with coffee & a bacon roll and enjoy either a 1 or 2 course meal in our Smith’s Brasserie after your round. • 27 Holes, Breakfast, Lunch & Dinner, from £125. Enjoy a full days golf and hospitality at Bovey Castle. 139

How to get there

From Moretonhampstead, follow signs for Postbridge and Princetown, marked B3212. At the mini roundabout, go straight over and at the next roundabout, turn right again and follow signs for Postbridge and Princetown, B3212. Stay on the B3212 for approximately 1.5 miles, Bovey Castle is on the left-hand side marked by large wrought iron gates and a lodge.”

Accommodation

Accommodation on site, 60 bedrooms and 22 lodges. Our golf days can be tailored to include accommodation, dining in Smith’s Brasserie, or fine dining in the 3 AA Rosette, Great Western restaurant overseen by our Executive Head Chef Mark Budd. Elan Spa, with exclusive golfer’s spa treatments offers the perfect tonic after a long day on the championship golf course.

BOWOOD PARK HOTEL AND GOLF CLUB L A N T E G LO S | C O R N WA L L | P L 3 2 9 R F Since its introduction to the golfing fraternity in June 1992,

Set in 230 acres of rolling hills and woodland, the front nine

Bowood Park has been synonymous with value for money

holes allow you the opportunity to build a score while the back

society days and residential golf breaks in our 31 bedroom

nine holes offer a much sterner test for all levels of golfer. Holes

hotel. The golf course has recently been voted in the top 100

11, 12 and 13 are arguably the most aesthetically pleasing holes

golf courses under £50 and has been built to the highest USGA

you will play and have been likened to Amen Corner at August

specifications resulting in excellent year round playability.

National.

The clubhouse and hotel are both contained in one building

Our most popular golf breaks consist of one, two or three

and poses an impressive presence as you make your way

night stays which include breakfast, dinner and golf. All

through the entrance on to the driveway. The first and tenth

bedrooms are comfortably furnished with en-suite bathrooms

tees sit just a matter of yards from the clubhouse which is

and the majority of the rooms overlook the golf course and

perfect for two tee starts for large society/corporate days.

surrounding countryside.

T E L : 0 1 8 4 0 2 1 3 0 1 7 | E M A I L : G O L F @ B O W O O D PA R K . C O M | W E B : W W W. B O W O O D PA R K . C O M

Society Packages

Green Fees

How to get there

Accommodation

Golf Options 1 Nov– April & 1 May– 31 Mar Oct 30 Sept Golf Only (18 Holes) £15 £20 £25 8 & 29 in number Additional Golf (9 Holes) £7 £9 £11 Golf Only (18 Holes) £13 £18 £22 30 & 49 in number Additional Golf (9 Holes) £5 £7 £9

Golf Options 1 Nov– April & 1 May– 31 Mar Oct 30 Sept 18 Holes (Weekend) £25 £30 £35 18 Holes (Midweek) £20 £24 £28 All Day Golf £30 £40 £50 Junior 18 Holes £10 £13 £15 County Card £15 £20 £25

Exit M5 at junction 31 on to A30. Exit A30 slip road on to A395. Follow A395 signposted Camelford. Take A39 through Camelford and follow brown Signs.

31 room 3 star hotel 2 bedroom apartment on ground floor of clubhouse.

140

Other Facilities Restaurant, buggy hire, and fully stocked pro shop.

BRICKHAMPTON COURT GOLF COMPLEX C H E LT E N H A M R O A D | C H U R C H D O W N | G LO U C E S T E R | G L 2 9 Q F Set in 200 acres of rolling Gloucestershire countryside,

driving range of which 15 bays benefit from the latest Power Tee

Brickhampton was lovingly created by the Creed family in 1994

technology, catering for all elements of your game. Brickhampton

and is still run by the same family. With a reputation as one of

also has two fully stocked pro-shops and state-of-the-art

the top courses in the area, Brickhampton is truly a first class

simulator for tailor made products.

welcoming place for both members and visitors.

Brickhampton’s Restaurant and Bar offers a relaxed and

The complex comprises of 27 holes of which our Spa course

friendly atmosphere to host conferences, special function or

par 71 6449 yard of mature tree lined enchanting golf designed

simply to enjoy a meal. Whether you’re a golf society looking

by renowned international golf architect, Simon Gidman. Whether

for delicious food after a round of golf, practising your game on

a beginner or an experienced player, there is something for

our state-of-the-art simulator, just looking for a morning coffee

everyone.

or relaxing lunch, you will love the welcoming atmosphere at

In addition to two excellent golf courses, Brickhampton extensive practice facilities are superb. With a 28 Bay floodlit

Brickhampton. We pride ourselves in offering an experience you will not forget.

T E L : 0 1 4 5 2 8 5 9 4 4 4 | E M A I L : E V E N T S @ B R I C K H A M P TO N . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. B R I C K H A M P TO N . C O . U K

Society Packages A variety of Society packages are available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options. Winter Society – From £28. Summer Society – From £36. Further details can be found online at www.brickhmapton.co.uk alternatively tailored packages can be arranged over the phone on 01452 858 603

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www. brickhmapton.co.uk call 01452 858 600

How to get there Located only minutes from junction 11 of the M5 and half way between Cheltenham and Gloucester on the B4063, making Brickhampton the idea place to hold your conference or off-site meeting. 141

Accommodation Hatherley Manor Hotel 4* Hotel Cheltenham Regency Hotel 3* Hotel Both only 5 minute drive away.

Other Facilities 9-Hole Glevum Course, 28 bay driving range, putting green, golf simulator, Footgolf & Rugby Golf, 3 conference/ function rooms for hire, plus full catering facilities available from nineteen at Brickhampton, Free WIFI and large car park.

CAME DOWN GOLF CLUB H I G H E R C A M E | D O R C H E S T E R | D O R S E T | DT 2 8 N R Situated close to the county town of Dorchester and also

delicious catering.

close to the busy coastal resort of Weymouth, Came Down

Special rates are available for guests of members and for

Golf Club offers the ideal location for both the regular local

juniors and for those able to play later in the day, twilight rates

player and the visiting golfer.

offering generous discounts are available after 3.30pm in the

Came Down Golf Club played an important part in the

summer and after 1.30pm in the winter.

founding of the Ryder Cup. For his holidays Samuel Ryder

We are located on the Jurassic Coast, a World Heritage Site

visited Weymouth and played golf at Came Down and

that contains fascinating rock formations, numerous fossils and

eventually became a member taking great of interest in the

some of the loveliest views you are ever likely to see.

club’s affairs. This led to the beginnings of the set up for the

If you are unfamiliar with the area, you simply must make

first Ryder Cup in 1927.

time to explore this part of the world as well as enjoying your

Visitors are welcome at Came Down throughout the week

round of golf with us.

and can look forward to an excellent round, followed by some

T E L : 0 1 3 0 5 8 1 3 4 9 4 | E M A I L : M A N A G E R @ C A M E D O W N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C A M E D O W N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Coffee and bacon roll 18 holes. 2 Course Dinner £40.50.

Green Fees Visitor Junior 18 Holes £40 £12.50 Full Day £50 £25

Member’s Guest £20 £20

How to get there Access from the East from the M3 to the A354 and from the West via M5/M4 to the A354.

142

Accommodation Please contact the club for further details.

Other Facilities Practice facilities and trolley hire available.

CRICKET ST THOMAS GOLF CLUB C R I C K E T S T T H O M A S | C H A R D | S O M E R S E T | TA 2 0 4 D G Cricket St Thomas Golf Club started as a 9 hole course originally

with its fantastic views across Somerset our golf course is a

designed in 1932 by J.H Taylor, 5 times Open Champion. In 1955

delight to play any time.

Leonard Fisher took over the course and extended it to 18 holes after acquiring additional land.

Our friendly Pro Shop staff and Bar staff will go that extra mile to cater for any of your needs to make your day at our golf

There are some outstanding views over the surrounding

course as remember able and enjoyable as a day at any golf

countryside while you play golf so be sure to take a look around

course should be we maintain high standards from our course

you while you play.

marshalling to our cutting of the greens our professionalism

The course is a tough par 70 off the white tees with a

shines throughout the golf club.

fantastic drainage system making it a joy to play all year round,

Please come and try our golf course out for yourself.

T E L : 0 1 4 6 0 3 0 2 3 1 | E M A I L : E V E N T S @ C R I C K E T S T T H O M A S G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : C R I C K E T S T T H O M A S G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Starting from £20 per person including golfers’ breakfast and coffee. Please call for more details.

Green Fees Midweek, visitor £25, members guest £15, second round £10. Twilight (roughly four hours before sunset), visitor £15, members guest £10. Weekend, visitor £30, members guest £20. Weekend twilight, visitor £20, members guest £15.

How to get there Accommodation We are located off the A30 Please contact club for details. just 15 miles from junction 25 of the M5 motorway near Taunton in Somerset or if you are coming from the East you can get to us from the A303 near Ilminster where we are about 7 and a half miles away. 143

Other Facilities Driving range open to anybody and a putting green open to green fees and members. Bar and food available all day.

CUMBERWELL PARK GOLF CLUB B R A D F O R D O N AV O N | W I LT S H I R E | B A 1 5 2 P Q Welcome to Cumberwell Park, Wiltshire’s only 45 hole Golf Club.

surfaces and the courses excel all year round in its conditioning. A

Within this elegant, tranquil setting you will find a venue that

wonderful blend of rolling countryside, lakes, streams, natural copse

provides the ideal location for an enjoyable golfing experience.

and woodland, make Cumberwell Park a stunning place to visit.

Since opening in 1994 Cumberwell Park is now established as one

The most recent addition is the superb 9 hole Par 3 Course

of the best Courses in the South West and has been awarded four

stars in Golf World’s Top Courses in Britain. The Club is also an

the pipeline.

accredited Golf Mark and Club Mark Facility.

All 5 of the 9 holes have clubhouse starting positions, making this

The original Red and Yellow course was opened in 1994, with the

an ideal venue for your corporate or society day.

Blue and Orange course following in 1999 and 2007 respectively.

The natural contours of the landscape have shaped the design

Each of 9 holes are unique and create different challenges for

of the course, which covers 400 acres. The beauty and interest of

the golfer. A wide range of teeing areas mean the courses are a

Cumberwell Park is further enhanced by nine lakes, thirty-four acres

challenge for all abilities. The large greens provide excellent putting

of woodland and free flowing streams.

T EL : 0 1225 863 3 22 | E M AI L: E N Q U I R I E S@CUMBERWELLPA RK.COM | WEB: W W W.CUMBERWELLPA RK.COM

Society Packages Society Packages from £30 per person Corporate Packages from £40 per person

Green Fees Monday - Friday (main course) visitor 9 holes £20 and 18 holes £35. Saturday and Sunday (main course) visitor 9 holes £26 18 holes £45. Monday - Friday (par 3 course) visitor 9 holes £15 and 18 holes £25. Saturday and Sunday (Par 3 course) visitor 9 holes £20 18 holes £35.

How to get there Cumberwell Park is situated just off the A363, 1 mile from Bradford-on-Avon and is 5 miles from the City of Bath. Easily accessible from all parts of the South West, via junction 17 or 18 off the M4. 144

Accommodation Seven luxurious and spacious self catering cottages sleeping up to 24 people in total All rooms equipped with en suite facilities and all bedrooms have their own 20” flat screen LCD television with Freeview.

Other Facilities Short Game Academy area, described as one of the best in the South West. Two putting greens. Driving range with 10 indoor covered bays and an outdoor grass area.

6,300 from the yellow tees, 6,000 from the green tees and

the very best of Somerset’s spectacular landscape at our

5,600 from the red tees, the course can be enjoyed by

award-winning golf course and facilities. Situated in 200

golfers of all abilities. The undulating U.S.G.A. specification

acres of rolling Somerset countryside, the former Duchy

greens will test even the best putters and the excellent

of Cornwall estate has been transformed into 27 holes of

drainage guarantees all year-round golf. The 9 hole Par 27

exciting and challenging golf. With four sets of tees on each

Manor Course offers a good test for all golfers. With holes

hole and a reputation for the best kept golf courses in the

ranging from 80 yards to 240 yards and USGA spec greens it

area, all levels of golfer will enjoy their day out with us. The

is no pitch and putt course!

Par 72 Duchy Course was opened in 1995 and has matured

We are renowned for our welcoming atmosphere, superb

into a beautifully conditioned variety of parkland and lake

dining and the attention to detail that turns a good event into

land golf holes. Measuring 6,700 yards from the white tees,

a great one.

T E L : 0 1 7 6 1 4 5 1 5 9 6 | E M A I L : I N F O @ FA R R I N G TO N PA R K . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. FA R R I N G TO N PA R K . C O . U K

Society Packages

Our Golf Days offer outstanding golf in stunning surroundings, plus great food anda warm, relaxed welcome. Contact us to design a day that’s tailored to you, or choose from one of our range ofgreat value packages: Minimum of 8 players from £22.

How to get there

Postcode: BS39 6TS From Bristol: Take the A37 south from Bristol to Farrington Gurney. Turn left at the lights and first right into Marsh Lane. From Bath: Take the A39 to the junction of the A37. Turn left to Farrington Gurney. Turn left at the lights and first right into Marsh Lane. From Wells: Take the A39 towards Bristol until you reach Farrington Gurney. Turn right at the lights and first right into Marsh Lane. 145

Other Facilities

Our professional-standard all-yearround facilities include: • 18 hole Duchy course and 9 hole Manor course • Large putting green • Chipping green with practice bunkers • 16-bay covered, floodlit driving range with power tees

• 300-yard practice ground • Golf shop with PGA-qualified staff • Coaching studio with golf simulator • Golf buggies available at a discounted society rate of £15 per buggy ‘• The Lounge’ restaurant and coffee bar • Stylish, relaxed club bar, ‘The 19th’

FERNDOWN GOLF CLUB 119 GOLF LINKS ROAD | FERNDOWN | DORSET | BH22 8BU Looking to arrange your society golf outing, Corporate golf day

an easy walking and enjoyable course the Championship

or Charity fundraising day then look no further than Wessex’s

Course has hosted many prestigious tournaments over the

Premier 27-hole heathland golf course. Rolex rank’s Ferndown

years, from The Hennessy Cognac Cup, featuring leading

in the world’s top 3% of courses. Golfers of every standard

players from the European Tour, the Ladies British Open to more

can experience both the joy and challenge of our 18-hole Old

recently the R&A Regional ‘Open’ Qualifier 2008 – 2012.

Course (6,508 yards with a par of 71) and our 9-hole Alliss

In the comfortable and renovated clubhouse we offer a full

Course (5,748 yards and a par of 70, it’s also no pushover).

catering service with the usual lunch time snacks to a 3-course

The Old Course was enhanced last winter, with all 67 bunkers being reconstructed and new sand laid in the bunkers. Whilst

dinner. We would be delighted to discuss the individual requirements for your golf day.

T E L : 0 1 2 0 2 6 5 3 9 5 0 | E M A I L : G O L F @ F E R N D O W N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. F E R N D O W N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages We have a full range of society packages to meet your budget starting at £60 per person during the winter months up to £95 per person in the height of summer for groups of 12 or more. Please contact us so we may provide you with a bespoke package to suit your day.

Green Fees Please visit the club website for more information.

146

How to get there Ferndown Golf Club is situated in Golf Links Road, Ferndown, Dorset. Our postcode for Sat Nav purposes is BH22 8BU.

Accommodation Easy access to several hotels in Bournemouth. Preferred partner is Hilton Hotels. Discounted rates available. Call Sue 01202 653953.

THE KENDLESHIRE GOLF CLUB H E N F I E L D R O A D | C O A L P I T H E AT H | B R I S TO L | B S 3 6 2 U Y Situated on the northern edge of Bristol, The Kendleshire boasts

Each loop boasts plenty of feature holes, including the 4th and

27 holes of championship golf and is the ideal venue for golf

9th on the Hollows Course, while the 11th and 16th on Ruffet nine

societies and groups of all sizes.

provide plenty of fun. The Badminton Course has the formidable 21st

The Hollows and Ruffet nines first opened in 1997, and combine

and 27th holes – both of which are guaranteed to set pulses rising.

to offer a 6,567-yard, par-71 course from the white tees, while the

All three layouts have been constructed to USGA standards, and

Peter McEvoy-designed Badminton Course followed five years

the putting surfaces have a well-earned reputation for their year-

later to complement its sister courses, whilst adding an extra

round quality and conistency of speed.

degree of challenge with its undulating greens.

With superb practice facilities, including a dedicated short game

A regular host of Jamega Tour and EuroPro Tour events, as

area and an additional par-3 sox-hole academy course – plus a

well as leading amateur tournaments, all three nines will provide a

welcoming clubhouse that offers a wide choice of excellent home-

thorough examination of your game, with features plenty of water

cooked food – visitors, golf societies and corporate guests are

features adding to the challenge.

guaranteed a golf day to remember at The Kendleshire.

T E L : 0 1 1 7 9 5 6 7 0 0 7 | E M A I L : I N F O @ K E N D L E S H I R E . C O M | W E B : W W W. K E N D L E S H I R E . C O M

Society Packages Starting from £39pp for 18 holes and a one-course chef’s special. Quote “GN17” for a chance to win a free four ball. SHORT BREAKS: The Kendleshire is a partner club with Bristol Golf Breaks. Visit www.bristolgolfbreaks.com for details of the latest golf break deals.

Green Fees £26 (MON), £41 (TUES-THURS), £50 (FRI-SUN). Nine-hole rates are half price.

How to get there Head to J18 of the M4 motorway and take the A46 towards Yate/Stroud. Turn left at the lights onto the B4465 and drive for approximately six miles. Look for the brown signs directing you into Henfield Road. 147

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities Six-hole academy course, extensive practice facilities, buggy hire.

LANHYDROCK HOTEL & GOLF CLUB LO S T W I T H I E L R D | B O D M I N | C O R N WA L L | P L 3 0 5 A Q Lanhydrock will celebrate its 25th Anniversary in 2018. Owned

Golf Club, and all members of our team. Catering is available daily

and managed by the Bond Family, who created the Jack Nicklaus

from 7.00am. A full length practise range with covered bays and

Course at St Mellion, Lanhydrock provides a beautiful Par 70 SSS

extensive fleet of buggies are also available to set you up for your

70 18 hole course set in mature parkland complemented by a

round. You can choose from a wide range of society and green

contemporary 45 bedroom hotel linked to the club. Just minutes

fee packages to suit your party. Please visit our website for further

off the A30 and A38 in the heart of Cornwall, Lanhydrock is easily

details and view the individual hole â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;fly throughâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; videos to see what

accessible from all parts of the South West.

Lanhydrock is all about.

You will receive a warm welcome from our resident PGA

If you plan a golfing holiday in Cornwall, Lanhydrock is certainly

Professional Alister Tawse, previously many years at West Surrey

worth a visit.

T E L : 0 1 2 0 8 2 6 2 5 7 0 | E M A I L : G O L F @ L A N H Y D R O C K H OT E L . C O M W E B : W W W. L A N H Y D R O C K H OT E L . C O M

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available. High Season May to September. Mid Season April & October. Group discounts for golf only. We are always happy to discuss your individual requirements.

Green Fees Call 01208 262570 or visit www.lanhydrockhotel.com or email golf@lanhydrockhotel.com.

How to get there Adjacent to the wonderful Lanhydrock National Trust House, the Hotel and Club is located on the B3268 via A30/A38.

148

Accommodation 45 bedrooms on site.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, modern club house, bar, outside terrace, function rooms, pro shop, fitness suite, free WIFI, large car park, golf range and putting green.

LAUNCESTON GOLF CLUB N O R T H S T R E E T | L A U N C E S TO N | C O R N WA L L | P L 1 5 8 H F Launceston Golf Club is a friendly members club and a great

the historic town of Launceston, the ancient County capital and

venue for a dayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s golf for green fee players or societies.

its Norman castle.

We offer value for money packages for golf and social events with excellent catering facilities, friendly staff and deals suitable

We also have a practice putting green and practice nets and a well stocked Pro Shop.

for parties of all sizes.

We pride ourselves on our friendly welcome, attention to detail

The course is an 18 hole par 70 over parkland and offers

and a flexible approach to ensure you and your guests enjoy

something for every standard of golfer, the course measures

a great day with us and encourage you to return. We can help

6,385 yards off the back tees and 6,093 from the daily tees. The

you create the day you require either from one of our standard

elevated levels of our Golf course offer spectacular countryside

packages or by tailoring the package around you.

vistas of both Dartmoor and Bodmin Moor, with majestic views of

T E L : 0 1 5 6 6 7 7 3 4 4 2 ( C LU B ) 0 1 5 6 6 7 7 5 3 5 9 ( P R O S H O P ) E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ L A U N C E S TO N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. L A U N C E S TO N G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 28 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options. Packages start from ÂŁ32.95pp We are always happy to offer packages tailored to suit your own requirements.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www.launcestongolfclub.co.uk or call 01566 773442.

How to get there Located off the B3254 Launceston to Bude road just north of Launceston.

149

Accommodation The club has links with various hotels and B&Bs which can be contacted and details can be found on our website.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, club house, bar, outside balcony, function rooms, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms, car park, putting green and practice nets.

The Only Sport, Craft & Spa Hotels in the UK

MANOR HOUSE & ASHBURY HOTELS H I G H E R M A D D A F O R D | O K E H A M P TO N | D E V O N | E X 2 0 4 N L The Manor House and Ashbury Hotels are set in the foothills of

Other facilities available to guests, FREE OF CHARGE, include:

Dartmoor National Park and form one of the largest golf complexes

12 tennis courts, 12 badminton courts, 11 bowls rinks, 28 snooker

in the UK. There is an unrivalled choice of seven 18 hole course

tables, 10 lanes of ten pin, 3 swimming pools, 5 target ranges,

options all on one site. With courses ranging from Kigbeare at

dance & exercise classes and 2 unique craft centres offering 18

6,528 yards through to Oakwood at 5,502 yards, plus an 18 hole

tutored crafts including pottery, glass engraving and woodwork.

par 3. With 27 holes of golf, per night of stay, included FREE OF

All tutoring is FREE so you only pay minimal material costs.

CHARGE, to all residents you are guaranteed great value.

Plus new for 2018, international standard 3G sports pitch - perfect

The courses have been beautifully designed using the natural

for a variety of team sports.

features of the landscape with mature trees, hedgerows and

PLUS enjoy FREE use of the Hydro Spas throughout your

ponds integrated into the design. Plus all of the courses are

stay. With saunas, steam rooms, hydro pools and more you‘ll

maintained in peak condition by their talented ground staff –

find it’s the perfect place to relax and unwind after a busy day

meaning spectacular golf all year round.

of activities.

T E L : 0 1 8 3 7 5 5 4 5 3 | W E B : W W W. A S H B U R Y G O L F H OT E L . C O M / W W W. A S H B U R Y G O L F D AY S . C O . U K

Society Packages There are 5 society packages available; please phone for more details. Prices from £27.50pp.

Green Fees

Midweek - £25pp. Weekend - £30pp.

How to get there

Leave the A30 at Sourton Cross, turn right onto the A386 towards Holsworthy and Bude. At roundabout take first left onto A3079, follow for a couple of miles, turn right, signposted Ashbury and the golf course entrance is ½ mile on the right.

Accommodation

There is accommodation available at the golf course – see tariff.

150

Other Facilities

Hydro Spa, swimming pool, exercise room, bowls, ten-pin bowling, fishing, snooker, archery & air pistol/rifle ranges, table tennis, multi-purpose sports hall & craft centre. Other facilities available to guests, FREE OF CHARGE, include: 12 tennis courts, 12 badminton courts, 11 bowls rinks, 28 snooker tables, 10 lanes of ten pin, 3 swimming pools, 5 target ranges, dance & exercise classes and 2 unique craft centres offering 18 tutored crafts including pottery, glass engraving and woodwork. All tutoring is FREE so you only pay minimal material costs. Plus new for 2018, international standard 3G sports pitch - perfect for a variety of team sports.

ORCHARDLEIGH GOLF CLUB O R C H A R D L E I G H E S TAT E | F R O M E | S O M E R S E T | B A 1 1 2 P H The country estate of Orchardleigh – which includes a Victorian

The back nine is more undulating and the dogleg right 14th is

mansion, an island church, boathouse and a number of other

a testing par-5 with well-placed bunkers and trees. The maturity

listed outbuildings – is the setting for an idyllic parkland course

of the setting contrasts well against the modern, target golf

routed through mature trees.

design of the holes where greens have been constructed to

Designed in the mid-1990s by Brian Huggett, in conjunction

USGA standard, while Orchardleigh’s practice facilities are first-

with Peter McEvoy, the championship layout offers a decent test

class with a full-length covered range, bunkers and chipping

on a site where water is in play on seven holes.

and putting greens.

The front nine is laid out on flatter land to the west of the

Away from the course, the clubhouse offers a relaxed

clubhouse and the 414yard sixth is certainly the most challenging

environment in which to enjoy a light snack, meal or drink,

on the way out, with out of bounds to the left of a fairway that

while there is a separate private room for society dining and

leads to a two tiered green..

evening functions.

T E L : 0 1 3 7 3 4 5 4 2 0 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ O R C H A R D L E I G H G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. O R C H A R D L E I G H G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Prices can be found on our club website, or to tailor individual packages please contact the office.

Green Fees Monday - Friday: £25. Weekends/Bank Hols: £32.50. Twilight deals available from £17. Please book through club website or Proshop.

How to get there West of Frome on the A362 which leads to Radstock. If using Sat Nav please use postcode BA11 2PB. Other facilities

151

Accommodation • 43 room Grand Manor House • 12 character cottages For larger groups and corporate events, we offer private dining for up to 400 guests and will tailor a package and menu to meet your individual needs. Please enquire for further information.

Other Facilities • Driving range • Putting Green • Restaurant • Proshop • Buggy hire

THE PLAYERS CLUB C O D R I N G TO N | C H I P P I N G S O D B U R Y | B R I S TO L | B S 3 7 6 R Z

The Players Club opened in 2002 yet, despite its young age, has

par three course and it is a great inclusion in your golf day, taking

staged The Europro Tour nine times and in 2018 we will stage the

about 45 minutes to play.

West Region PGA championship for the 6th time.

A second 18-hole layout has been recently added, The

From the championship tees it can be stretched to 7,100

Stranahan, designed like its bigger brother by Adrian Stiff, is a

yards, making it one of the longest courses in Europe, although

quirky 5,500-yarder that gets golf back to a three-hour round. The

members and guests normally play the par 72 Codrington layout

course is dominated by interesting greens that defend themselves

at around 6,300 yards.

with humps and hollows. All the courses have USGA greens and

A mixture of links and heath with a touch of Americana, it’s

irrigation on fairways.

quite hard to pigeon-hole. With two returning nines, superb

Also part of the clubs portfolio are seven country cottages some

short game area and practice area, the club boasts two other

20 minutes away in Wootton-Under-Edge. 3 round/2 night packages

courses with the delightful par 3 Watergarden course set across

at The Players Club, Kendleshire, Stinchcombe Hill and Cumberwell

picturesque ponds and lakes, many have likened it to the Augusta

Park start from just £149.

T E L : 0 1 4 5 4 3 1 3 0 2 9 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ T H E P L AY E R S G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W.T H E P L AY E R S G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages NOV 1-MAR 31 • Codrington Mon-Fri £33 Sat-Sun £39 • Stranahan Mon-Fri £25 Sat-Sun £25 • Codrington & Stranahan 18 holes of Golf on each course Mon-Thu £44 Fri £47 Sat-Sun £49 • Watergarden £10 All day For more details, please visit website

APR 1-OCT 31 Tue-Thur £39 Fri-Mon £44 Mon-Fri £27

Sat-Sun £29

Mon-Thu £59 Friday £64 £10 152

Sat-Sun £69

Green Fees Codrington: Mon-Thurs - £48 Fri-Sun - £52 Stranahan: Mon-Fri - £24 Sat-Sun - £26 For further details, please visit the website.

How to get there Situated on the B4465 just 1 mile from Junction 18 of the M4.

T H E P O I N T AT P O L Z E AT H GOLF COURSE S T M I N V E R | N R WA D E B R I D G E | C O R N WA L L | P L 2 7 6 QT England Golf’s GolfMark “Club of the Year 2017” award was a huge

The course is a real challenge for golfers of all standards and

moment for The Point at Polzeath. It was a true reflection on all the

plays just short of 6,300 yards off the back tees, tribute to all this

hard work and investment the team have put in, coming just 5 years

work is the fact that The Point hosted the South West Order of Merit

after it was rescued out of administration in 2012.

Finale for the Top 30 Pros in the South West region.

The Club sits just above Polzeath, a mile from Rock, St Enodoc and Padstow is just across the estuary.

Both the 9th and 18th greens sit in front of the clubhouse in full view of the bar and restaurant making this an ideal destination for

The original design takes advantage of the stunning views of

larger groups and societies. With views down the fairways to the sea

Pentire Point and Newlands Island, the new owners however have

breaking on Newland Island beyond, the balcony is the great place

worked extensively with Tim Lobb to dramatically improve the

to view the incoming players.

definition and design of the course. The bunkers are now in the right

With an award winning restaurant, luxury accommodation and

places, the greens are absolutely stunning and are getting better all

a health club also on site, there is no need for the golfer or their

the time, there have been a lot of changes with more to come.

partners to go anywhere else.

T E L : 0 1 2 0 8 8 6 3 0 0 0 | E M A I L : G O L F @ T H E P O I N TAT P O L Z E AT H . C O . U K W E B : W W W.T H E P O I N TAT P O L Z E AT H . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and dining options. Winter season November to mid March: Packages start from £20pp Summer season mid March to end October: Packages start from £32pp We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual parties.

Green Fees £42.50 High season. £26 Low season. Buggies £22

How to get there Take the B3314 from Wadebridge and follow this road for 4 miles. Brown signs showing The Point At Polzeath will become visible. Stay on the B3314 until you see the turning for Polzeath. Follow this road until you reach Carraun Farm Shop and turn left here. The entrance is approximately 200 metres on the right. 153

Accommodation Self catering luxury 2 & 3 bedroom apartments with sea views. Flexible room configuration and out side lockable heated storage for golf clubs.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, 4 bay covered driving range, putting green and chipping area. Restaurant, Bar, outside terraces, health club, tennis courts, pro shop, car park.

RUSHMORE GOLF CLUB TO L L A R D R O YA L | S A L I S B U R Y | W I LT S H I R E | S P 5 5 Q B Set within one of the most stunning landscape settings of

driving range and excellent PGA Professionals.

Southern England, high on the chalk of the Cranborne Chase

The course compromises of 18 challenging holes set out over

in Wiltshire, Rushmore Golf Club provides year-round golf on

6,349 yards from our championship tee. A thought provoking

free-draining turf.

layout will offer both a test to the golfer’s playing ability and

It combines the best of both worlds; a thoroughly modern

course management. The main defence of the course are the

golf course set in beautiful, ancient parkland which is now

well renowned greens. The combination of fast paced surfaces

forging a reputation as one of the best golf courses in the region.

and large undulations means one will have to master the

Upon entry to the clubhouse you are sure to receive a

contours to finish the day victorious.

warm welcome. The clubhouse contains a restaurant that

We are welcoming and flexible with regards to our society

can seat up to 80 people, a veranda, changing rooms and

packages. Whether you wish to choose a pre-set package or

a large spike bar. The club also boasts a putting green, a

create your own personal experience we would be happy to

well-stocked professional shop, a 300 yard long covered

accommodate you.

T E L : 0 1 7 2 5 5 1 6 3 9 1 | E M A I L : G O L F @ R U S H M O R E U K .CO M | W E B : W W W. R U S H M O R EG O L F C LU B .CO. U K / C M S /

Society Packages We have 18 and 36 hole packages on offer. We can cater to breakfast, lunch and dinner with all food being freshly prepared on site by our chef. Winter Season: November – February packages start from £27.50pp Summer Season: March – October packages start from £35pp *Prices are based on a minimum of 12 players. Terms and Conditions apply.

Green Fees Please view the website for our best prices www.rushmoregolfclub. co.uk/cms/ or call 01725 516391.

How to get there From Blandford Forum on the A354,from Bournemouth via the A338, from Salisbury via the A354 and from Shaftesbury via the A30. 154

Accommodation We have no accommodation on site. However, we would recommend the King John Inn, Tollard Royal, Salisbury, Wilts SP5 5PS. Tel: 01725 516207

Other Facilities 18-hole course, modern club house, bar, outside veranda, function rooms, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, showers, meeting rooms, large car park, putting green, practice nets and covered driving range.

S A L I S B U R Y & S O U T H W I LT S GOLF CLUB N E T H E R H A M P TO N R O A D | S A L I S B U R Y | W I LT S H I R E | S P 2 8 P R Laid out in the rolling Wiltshire countryside close to the

course all year round. We are lucky to have a chalk base, and

medieval City of Salisbury, our two down land courses offer

this allows for free draining and excellent playing conditions in

great golf and magnificent views for miles around.

all seasons.

The challenging but fair 18 hole Cathedral Course has been

Our comfortable club house has a fully stocked bar, Sky TV,

in play since 1991, carefully combining holes from the Old

free wifi and even a snooker table. There is also an upstairs

Course (1920) and a newer 9 built in 1989. The easier going

balcony offering terrific views across the course, and two

Bibury 9 hole is from an 1894 design by J H Taylor, and the

additional function rooms which provide perfect space for larger

holes play happily alongside Salisbury Race Course.

groups to enjoy celebrations and the extensive menu options.

All 27 holes are maintained to a very high standard by our dedicated team of professionals, who pride themselves on

We want visitors to enjoy a memorable day at Salisbury and we will do what we can to help organise the ideal event.

providing high quality greens and an extremely well presented

T E L : 0 1 7 2 2 74 2 6 4 5 | E M A I L : M A I L@ S A L I S B U R Y G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. S A L I S B U R Y G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options. Summer season April to September - golf from £28pp. Winter season October to March – golf from £24pp. Custom packages always available.

Green Fees Book online or just turn up (advisable to check availability in advance) www.salisburygolf. co.uk or call 01722 742645.

How to get there Located between Harnham and Wilton just a mile or two south west of Salisbury on the A3094. There is ample parking on-site.

155

Accommodation The club is happy to recommend excellent hotels in and around the Salisbury area.

Other Facilities Very well stocked pro shop with GC Quad fitting studio Practice putting green, two chipping greens, practice nets Large grassed practice area electric golf buggies, electric carts and hand pull carts all available.

ST MELLION I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E S O RT S T M E L L I O N | S A LTA S H | C O R N WA L L | P L 1 2 6 S D St Mellion is a unique blend of contemporary style, exceptional

Jack Nicklaus who was quoted saying “I knew it was going to be

facilities, true golfing heritage and wonderful Cornish hospitality.

good, but not this good…it’s everything I hoped for and more”.

The Resort boasts a stunning AA 4* 80-bedroom hotel, Health

Even for Nicklaus the course is unique, at 6,300 yards it is not a

Club & Spa, a variety of dining experiences from the simple to the

long course but inspired by Augusta he created a UK version of

elegant in our award winning Restaurant.

Amen Corner with holes 10 through to 13 quite brilliant both to

For golfers St Mellion is renowned as one of the finest golf

play and look at.

venues, which was recognised by the European Tour having the

St Mellion also has a “hidden gem” the Kernow Course opened

privilege of hosting 12 European Tour events. St Mellion has also

in 2010 and was a favourite with golfers straight away and a perfect

been voted “Best Resort in the West” recognised by the golfing

complement to the Nicklaus Course offering wide fairways, big

press and more importantly by club golfers.

greens and as Today’s Golfer reviewed in “an outstanding course

The Nicklaus Signature Course is one of the finest golf courses

with a great blend of holes.”

in the UK. It was the first European course personally designed by

For the golfer St Mellion should be on everyone’s “Bucket List”.

T E L : 0 1 5 7 9 3 5 2 0 0 4 | E M A I L : S T M E L L I O N - G O L F D AY S @ C R O W N - G O L F. C O . U K W E B : W W W. S T- M E L L I O N . C O . U K

Society Packages Low Season Groups of 8+ from £20 (Kernow Course) & £30 (Nicklaus Course) including coffee & bacon roll. High Season Groups of 8+ from £40 (Kernow Course) & £60 (Nicklaus Course) including coffee & bacon roll and a 1-course meal.

Green Fees Low Season rates from £20 (Kernow Course) & £25 (Nicklaus Course). High Season - Kernow Course rates from £16 to £50 & Nicklaus Course from £25 to £100. Off Peak tee times available before 8am and after 2pm.

How to get there Located just of the A388 on the Devon/ Cornwall border just 20-minutes from Plymouth.

156

Golf Breaks Stay at St Mellion from £99 for a 1-night stay including dinner, bed & breakfast and a round of golf on each course. For 2-nights including dinner, bed & breakfast and 3-rounds of golf from £189. For groups of 12+ there is a Free Organiser Place! And for 16+ a 4-ball voucher for the course of your choice.

Other Facilities Pro Shop, Range, Academy, Short Course, 60 Buggies, Electric & Pull Trolleys, Health Club & Spa – Near to St Mellion you can visit the Eden Project, Padstow or numerous beaches.

Width 25mm

Logo Size The size of the logo is relative to the other elements within any design. The logo should never appear smaller than 25 mm in width as indicated in the diagram above.

STOVER GOLF CLUB B O V E Y R O A D | N E W TO N A B B OT | D E V O N | TQ 1 2 6 Q Q The peace and tranquillity of Stover Golf Club, located on the

The course design was influenced by “5 times British Open

edge of Newton Abbot, is a convenient treat for golfers in the

Champion - James Braid” and provides easy walking, narrow

South West, with easy access from the A38 and M5. The course

tree lined fairways but contains subtly contoured greens that

is regarded one of the best parkland courses in the South West.

present a fair but challenging test of golf for all enthusiasts.

The beautiful parkland golf course features a wide variety of holes, elevation change, mature trees, streams and picturesque ponds. Our 18 hole, 5,959 yards course off the back tees consists of two loops of nine holes which both come back to the clubhouse.

Societies are more than welcome at Stover Golf Club. To ensure that everything runs smoothly, organisers of visiting groups are responsible for ensuring that their members are fully conversant with the information that is appropriate to their visit.

T E L : 0 1 6 2 6 3 5 2 4 6 0 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ S TO V E R G O L F C LU B . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. S TO V E R G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Bronze: £30 no minimum numbers, Coffee on arrival 18 holes of golf. Silver: £32.50 no minimum numbers, Coffee & Hot Bacon Bap on arrival 18 Holes of golf. Gold: £37.50 no minimum numbers, Coffee & Hot Bacon Bap on arrival 18 holes of golf Sandwich and chips luncheon.

Green Fees Please contact the club for further details of latest offers.

How to get there Stover Golf Club location is half a mile from the A38 on the A382 south towards Newton Abbot next to Trago Mills Retail Park.

157

Accommodation The Dolphin Hotel is ideally located close to Stover Golf Club and a perfect place to stay for a relaxing drink, a delicious meal and comfortable en-suite accommodation. Visit www. dolphinbovey.net for details.

Other Facilities The easy accessibility of Stover, together with our facilities and well maintained and superbly presented 18 hole golf course offer an excellent venue for visiting golfers of all standards.

TORQUAY GOLF CLUB P E T I TO R R O A D | S T M A R Y C H U R C H | TO R Q U AY | D E V O N TQ 1 4 Q F The superb parkland layout wends its way through avenues

views. There is some water as well as the trees on the back

of mature trees offering a challenge which can be enjoyed by

nine, so accuracy is rewarded.

golfers of all standards.

After the round relax in the excellent Clubhouse, sitting in

The mid part of the round affords fantastic views across Lyme

the Bar or Lounge, or on the patio looking out across the golf

Bay to Portland Bill in the east, and westwards to Berry Head at

course watching those behind you finish their rounds. An idyllic

the furthest extent of Torbay, whilst away behind St Marychurch

spot for a post round drink as you analyse your play and that of

the tors of Dartmoor can be clearly seen.

your companions.

The course has a wonderful range of long and short holes.

Torquay offers good golf all year round, a friendly welcome

The start is demanding but there are chances to pick up shots

and a wish to come and play again in a different season to see

as the course reaches the top of the cliffs and those spectacular

the way the colours of the leaves change.

T E L : 0 1 8 0 3 3 1 4 5 9 1 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ TO R Q U AY G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W.TO R Q U AY G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages A range of alternatives tailored to suit the needs of the visiting golfer, from golf-only through all combinations of food and drinks. Society golf every day except Saturdays and subject to availability.

Green Fees Book online for the best rates through www. torquaygolfclub.co.uk or call 01803 314591 and speak to the Pro Shop team.

How to get there The Club can be found on the A379 Teignmouth to Torquay road, in the St Marychurch area of Torquay. Postcode TQ1 4QF.

158

Accommodation The Club has links with a variety of hotels details of which are on the website.

Other Facilities Practice facilities, well-stocked Pro Shop with superb indoor coaching studio. Free Wi Fi throughout the Clubhouse.

TRETHORNE HOTEL & GOLF CLUB K E N N A R D S H O U S E | L A U N C E S TO N | C O R N WA L L | P L 1 5 8 Q E Set in the beautiful county of Cornwall, Trethorne offers the perfect

and popular destination for golf breaks, societies and corporate

blend of a picturesque and easily accessible location, friendly and

days. The newly refurbished club bar provides a comfortable area

down to earth hospitality and great value for money.

for a well-earned drink, snack or meal.

The 18-hole golf course presents a scenic and challenging par

The hotel accommodation at Trethorne comprises 30 hotel

71, 6,300 yard layout, with numerous water hazards and tree-lined

bedrooms, sleeping up to a maximum of 70 guests. All rooms are

fairways. The greens are built to USGA specification, making them

of a good size, offering en-suite facilities, and include flat screen

free-draining and playable all year round.

Freeview TV, tea/coffee making facilities and free Wi-Fi.

The Golf Club is renowned for its friendly and relaxed hospitality,

Trethorne can offer tailor-made golf breaks or society packages

offering great quality home-cooked food, sourced through local

for groups of any size. We can also offer a number of very

suppliers, in a comfortable and welcoming clubhouse. The large

attractive reciprocal green fee arrangements with other local clubs,

bar and restaurant, with outside BBQ terrace, make this an ideal

which we can arrange for you.

T E L : 0 1 5 6 6 8 6 9 0 3 | E - M A I L : R E S E R VAT I O N S @ T R E T H O R N E G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W.T R E T H O R N E G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Residential Stay & Play Golf Breaks from just £70pp including Hotel, Breakfast & Golf. Build your own bespoke Society Packages from just £17pp (Winter) and £22pp (Summer).

Green Fees 18 Holes Green Fees from just £20pp. Early Birds £14 and Twilight Rounds from £12. Buggies available at £24.

How to get there Trethorne is situated just 20 miles from Plymouth, 40 miles from Exeter and 3 miles outside of Launceston, just minutes off the main A30 route into Cornwall. 159

Accommodation 30 bedroom hotel. FREE Wi-Fi. En-Suite Rooms. Freeview TV.

Other Facilities 18 hole golf course, floodlit Driving Range, short game area, Professional shop, 30 buggies, Conference suite, private dining, large bar, SKY TV and FREE Wi-Fi.

WESTONBIRT GOLF COURSE W E S TO N B I R T | T E T B U R Y | G LO U C E S T E R S H I R E | G L 8 8 Q G Set against the magnificent backdrop of Westonbirt mansion,

juniors, providing a sound platform from which we hope to grow in

amidst the rolling Gloucestershire countryside, Westonbirt is a par

future years.

64 parkland golf course with two exhilarating loops of 9 holes.

One of the key benefits of Westonbirt Golf Club is the very

Steeped in history and architecturally landscaped by Victorian

welcoming atmosphere. Golf is played and enjoyed in a social

millionaire, Robert Holford, the course is breathtakingly beautiful

atmosphere whilst retaining a competitive element.

as well as challenging in the woodland.

Westonbirt Golf Club is also proud to host one of the largest

Westonbirt Leisure is delighted to offer the use of the

junior sections in the county.

picturesque course to members of the local golfing community

We also pride ourselves in creating a very easy environment for

and beyond.

golf development, benefitting from instruction and advice provided

The club currently constitutes 70 men, 40 women and 21

by our excellent professional, Kirsty Taylor.

T E L : 0 1 6 6 6 8 8 1 4 0 4 | E M A I L : S P O R T S C E N T R E @ W E S TO N B I R T L E I S U R E . C O M W E B : W W W.W E S TO N B I R T L E I S U R E . C O M / G O L F - C O U R S E

Society Packages Contact the club for details.

Green Fees Mon-Fri: ÂŁ10, Weekends: ÂŁ10 The price includes a full round of 18 holes. There is no reduction for players wishing to play just 9 holes.

How to get there Easily accessible from the M4 to the A432 to Tetbury.

160

Accommodation Contact the club for nearby accommodation.

Useful Information Open continually for play between February and November.

WEYMOUTH GOLF CLUB L I N K S R O A D | W E Y M O U T H D O R S E T | DT 4 O P F Weymouth Golf Club is a wonderful 18-hole parkland course

Playing golf in the morning, enjoying lunch in the Hardy

Restaurant, a beer on the veranda overlooking the golf course

spectacular views of the Jurassic coast. The club is especially

after followed by an afternoon on the beach, what could

friendly and you would be assured of a very warm welcome.

be better?

The Weymouth climate is mild and “as there are a line of

Although not long by today’s standards at just over 6,000

chalk hills to the north of us cloudy weather will often pass us

yards it is a true test for all levels of golfer. Many of the tee shots

by” explains Rob Bayliss the Head Green Keeper of 28 years

are risk or reward the choice being yours, as you can score well

“Visitors frequently remark that they have driven through bad

with either choice if you get it right.

weather and, as they drive down the hill into Weymouth, to find the sun is shining.”

T E L : 0 1 3 0 5 7 5 0 8 3 1 | E M A I L : W E Y M O U T H G O L F C LU B @ G M A I L . C O M W E B : W W W.W E Y M O U T H G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages A. 18 holes 30 + players £21pp (Weekend £25). B. 18 holes 20 + players £23pp (Weekend £28). C. 18 holes 10 + players £25pp (Weekend £30). Includes driving range tokens. 36 holes, weekdays only, £5 extra pp.

Green Fees • Weekdays £38.00 • Day Tickets (Weekday and Weekend) £50 • Weekdays – Member’s Guest £18 • Weekends/Bank Holidays £45 • Weekends/Bank Holidays – Member’s Guest £21.50 • Weekends/Bank Holidays after 4pm £22.50 • Weekends/Bank Holidays after 4pm – Member’s Guest £18.00

How to get there Easily accessible from M3, M4, M5 and A34 to the A31.

161

Accommodation There is lots of accommodation from BBs to guest houses and hotels in and around Weymouth, so why not take a break and visit Weymouth where golf sand and sea meet for that memorable day or weekend break. Call the club for further details.

Other Information Chipping and putting practice areas, driving range and a competitively priced golf shop for all of your golfing equipment needs.

WRAG BARN GOLF CLUB S H R I V E N H A M R O A D | H I G H W O R T H | S W I N D O N | W I LT S H I R E | S N 6 7 Q Q . Deep in the beautiful Wiltshire countryside and just outside

for players and guests alike.

the historic town of Highworth is the exceptional Wrag Barn

Recognised for its friendly hospitality throughout, Wrag Barn

Golf & Country Club. With outstanding views of the Downs and

looks forward to extending a warm welcome and being the

the Vale of White Horse, Wrag Barn boasts one of the region’s

perfect partner for golf and so much more.

outstanding venues for golf, weddings, business meetings and

The Simon Gidman designed Golf Course, a challenging

casual dining.

par 72 6,622 yards - is a perfect example of effective course

Once part of the Lord Banbury’s Estate, Wrag Barn now offers

planning which balances the natural contours of 205 acres of

the area’s premier golfing landmark. After testing their skill

delightful Wiltshire countryside with features to excite and test

against the inspiring course, players will relax in the mellow

players of all skills and ambitions. Developing and maturing

and welcoming Clubhouse. A variety of drinks and a carefully

as years go by, Wrag Barn is of course ever improving and

planned range of lunchtime and evening menus are available

definately worth a visit!

T E L : 0 1 7 9 3 7 6 6 0 2 7 | E M A I L : I N F O @ W R A G B A R N . C O M | W E B : W W W.W R A G B A R N . C O M

Society Packages Winter Packages from £33.50pp. Summer Packages from £38pp.

Green Fees Weekday prices from £40. Weekend prices from £60.

Accommodation Phone club for accommodation recommendations.

162

Other Facilities 11 bay driving range, practise putting green and 6 hole Academy Course. Buggy and Trolley hire available. Well stocked Pro Shop. A variety of tuition packages available. Richard Scarrott Golf Academy teaching studio available for lessons all year round with use of Sam Putt Lab to analyse putting and Flight Scope Launch Monitor. Bespoke lesson packages richard@rsgolfacademy.co.uk

THE MIDLANDS N O R T H A M P TO N S H I R E LEICESTERSHIRE DERBYSHIRE N OT T I N G H A M S H I R E EAST & WEST MIDLANDS WORCESTERSHIRE SHROPSHIRE S TA F F O R D S H I R E HEREFORDSHIRE

163

THE ABBEY HOTEL GOLF COURSE H I T H E R G R E E N L A N E | O F F D A G N E L L E N D R O A D , R E D D I TC H | W O R C E S T E R S H I R E | B 9 8 9 B E The Abbey is fortunate to have a fantastic golf course designed

superb Health Club and Spa. After a busy day on the course

by Donald Steel, one of the world’s finest golfing architects of

plunge into the refreshing waters of the indoor heated

his generation. Inaugurated in the late 1970s, the layout has

swimming pool, be still in the steam room, sink into the warm

continued to mature, and with this its reputation has grown; it is

spa bath and rest in the sauna. You may also choose to use

now a regular host to county tournament play.

the gymnasium or pamper yourself with a spa treatment using

The championship standard par 72, 18 hole parkland course

divine products by ESPA and Dermalogica

measures over 6,800 yards from the black tees, making it a

To complete your experience at the Abbey why not sample

genuine test of ball-striking ability. The main obstacles are the

the culinary delights of the Bramblings Restaurant, offering

mature trees that line the fairways, and the lakes which are all

a wide variety of international cuisine. Alternatively savour

too ready to welcome wayward golf balls.

delightful pub classics in Tawnys Bar and terrace, boasting

There are many wonderful activities onsite including the

glorious views of the 18th fairway.

T E L : 0 1 5 2 7 4 0 6 6 0 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ T H E A B B E Y H OT E L . C O . U K | W E B : W W W.T H E A B B E Y H OT E L . C O . U K

Society Packages

Golf Day 1 Tea/coffee and bacon roll on arrival, 18 holes of golf Mon-Fri £28pp Sat – Sun £35pp Golf Day 2 Tea/coffee, Full English breakfast OR light lunch, 18 holes of golf Mon – Fri £32pp Sat – Sun £40pp Golf Day 3 - Tea/coffee and bacon roll on arrival, 18 holes of golf, 2 course lunch Mon – Fri £38pp Sat-Sun £45pp

Corporate Day Tea/coffee and bacon rolls on arrival, 18 holes of golf, 3 course meal with coffee, private room for meal and presentations. From £60pp All prices are subject to availability. 12th golfer free applies Mon – Thu after 10.00am and after 12.00 noon Fri-Sun. See website for full terms and conditions.

How to get there

From the M42 motorway, Junction 2, take the Redditch exit, A441, for approximately 2 miles. At the first roundabout turn left, signposted Redditch Town Centre. After a further ¾ mile turn left at the traffic lights, signposted Beoley, B4101. Turn right after approximately 500 metres into Hither Green Lane. The hotel is immediately on the left. 164

Accommodation

Abbey offers 100 contemporary bedrooms with many offering stunning views of the hotel grounds. The Rooftop Penthouse Suites give you the best view in town over acres of golf course and countryside.

Other Facilities

The Abbey boasts superb practice and coaching facilities, which includes a two-tier 28 bay floodlit driving range and a custom fit centre which uses Trackman technology.

BRANSFORD BANK HOUSE HOTEL, SPA AND GOLF WORCESTER | WR6 5JD Are you looking for that Florida feel over the winter without the

We have a fully stocked professional shop to cater for all of your

expense and trouble of booking flights and transfers? Want to

golfing needs, a 15 bay practice range where you are able to warm

test your golf to the highest level over a local championship golf

up prior to you round, and a friendly clubhouse with stunning views

course? Look no further than the Bank House Hotel and our 18-

of the course serving a varied range of food and drink.

hole Florida style Championship course.

Should you wish to extend your visit you can stay over in our

Set at the foot of the Malvern Hills in the finest rolling

recently refurbished hotel, relax in one of our bars or restaurants

Worcestershire countryside, our stunning course offers a challenge

or, if you want to take your relaxation to the next level, you can

to all levels of golfer, featuring 6 par 3’s, 6 par 4’s and 6 par 5’s, 14

make use of the facilities in our luxury Malvern View Spa.

lakes and two island greens. Following extensive maintenance to

We welcome bookings for corporate away days, golfing

the greens over the past few years we pride ourselves in the fact

weekends and society days. Just call our team for more

that we never use winter greens.

information and to book your perfect golf experience.

T E L : 0 1 8 8 6 8 3 3 5 4 5 | E M A I L : G O L F. P R O @ B A N K H O U S E W O R C E S T E R . C O M W E B : W W W. B A N K H O U S E W O R C E S T E R . C O M / G O L F

Society Packages

WINTER SOCIETY GOLF DAY Full English + 18 holes from £25pp 18 holes + 2 course meal from £29.50pp WINTER SOCIETY GOLF BREAK Enjoy 1 night dinner, bed & breakfast and 2 rounds of golf from £89.50 per person. (Above rates are applicable from 1st November 2017 - 28th February 2018, for more information visit bankhouseworcester.com/golf/winter-golf-offers).

Green Fees For the best rates call 01886 833545 or visit bankhouseworcester. com/golf/green-fees

How to get there Located in the village of Bransford, between Worcester and Malvern, we are just 5 miles from junction 7 of the M5 and have ample free parking on site. Worcester Foregate Street and Malvern Station are both 5 miles away. 165

Accommodation The Bank House Hotel offers 65 bedrooms, a bar and restaurant, flexible function rooms, and a luxury spa with indoor swimming pool, thermal suite and gym.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, modern club house, bar and restaurant, outside terrace, function rooms, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, large car park, putting green and practice nets.

BEESTON FIELDS GOLF CLUB O L D D R I V E | W O L L ATO N R O A D | B E E S TO N | N OT T I N G H A M | N G 9 3 D D With its southerly aspect and traditional English country estate feel,

to societies, who can choose from a variety of packages at

Beeston Fields is a beautiful oasis in an area easily accessible from

competitive rates on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays. Full

the M1, A52 and A50.

catering is available in the oak-panelled dining room, or in the sun

lounge which has great views of the course. Group clinics or a

match which included Arthur Havers, the Open champion. Since

‘beat the pro’ hole are available to large societies through our PGA

then other famous golfers who have played the course include

club professional.

Henry Cotton, Roberto de Vicenzo and Lee Westwood. The course

In addition to being the perfect golfing venue, the Club also

measures 6430 yards and is always an excellent parkland test,

offers the Victorian walled garden as a wedding venue and up-to-

thanks to the sculpted tree-lined fairways and undulating greens.

date facilities for seminars with free Wi Fi also available.

Beeston Fields enjoys an informal, friendly, relaxed atmosphere

Visitors must book in advance, go to www.beestonfields.co.uk to

and a warm welcome in the clubhouse. This reputation is extended

book on-line. Please mention ‘Golf News’ when booking.

T E L : 0 1 1 5 9 2 5 7 0 6 2 | E M A I L : I N F O @ B E E S TO N F I E L D S . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. B E E S TO N F I E L D S . C O . U K

Society Packages See website or phone for information.

Green Fees £32 per round during the week and on weekends. Bank holidays £45 per round. Visitors Restrictions: Must book in advance. To book online go to website.

How to get there Leave M1 at J25, follow signs for A52 Nottingham, continue through next two junctions towards Nottingham. Turn right at traffic lights at Nurseryman pub onto Wollaton Road and the club is on the right at the top of the hill. Post code NG9 3DA FOR your Sat Nav. 166

Accommodation Priory Toby Hotel, Derby Road, Wollaton Vale, Nottingham, NG8 2NR. Situated within 1/2 a mile.

Other Facilities Wedding venue in Victorian walled garden, large function rooms, three conference rooms, pro shop, buggy hire, putting/ chipping green.

BLOXWICH GOLF CLUB S TA F F O R D R O A D | B LO X W I C H | WA L S A L L | W S 3 3 P Q Welcome to Bloxwich Golf Club, where you can enjoy a club

would expect from one of the premier clubs in the area.

with the best of both worlds - the peace and tranquillity of a

Bloxwich is open for play almost all year round, only closing

rural club yet with an easily accessible location.

due to exceptional weather conditions. Thanks to the work

Leave our first tee and you will be transported into the

of the greenstaff over the last few years, main greens are in

heart of arable Staffordshire countryside on our undulating

play for the majority of the time, and trolleys can be used at all

semi-parkland course. You will find it hard to believe you are

times. We appreciate this is an important consideration for all

but a few miles from the M6 and adjacent to the A34 when

our visitors and members alike, and we work hard to maintain

the only noises you hear are songbirds in summer and the

these high standards.

occasional tractor.

A warm Black Country welcome awaits you from our pro

Situated on the northern edge of the Black Country,

Richard Dance, Bar Manager Danni Rutter, and all of the staff

Bloxwich Golf Club is a well-established members’ club

here at Bloxwich Golf Club. We look forward to making your

founded in 1923. We offer excellent facilities and traditions you

visit a truly memorable one.

T E L : 0 1 9 2 2 4 7 6 5 9 3 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ B LO X W I C H G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W. B LO X W I C H G O L F C LU B . C O M

Society Packages Available to all groups with more than 16 players. Smaller groups are very welcome, but do not qualify for our discounted green fees applicable to the larger society/ corporate groups. Contact the club for further details.

Green Fees Players Day 1-16 Monday Tue-Thu Friday 17-32 Monday Tue-Thu Friday 33-48 Monday Tue-Thu Friday

18 27 Day Rate £30 £36 £45 £33 £40 £50 £35 £45 £55 £27 £32 £40 £30 £36 £45 £32 £38 £50 £26 £30 £38 £28 £34 £42 £30 £36 £46

How to get there From London: via M1 and M40 to the A34.

167

Accommodation Contact the Club for details of local accommodation.

Other Facilities The 18-hole course also boasts a practice pitching area, putting green, short chipping and bunker area.

BULWELL FOREST GOLF CLUB H U C K N A L L R O A D | B U LW E L L | N OT T I N G H A M | N G 6 9 LQ Located in the beautiful City of Nottingham and opened in 1902

woodland and heath land. It is the County’s best winter course

Bulwell Forest is Nottinghamshire’s most historic 18 hole golf

with immaculate greens and fairways. You can also use the

course and a great venue to hold your society or corporate golf

practice putting green and nets, a short game area and get

day, or just to visit with friends.

advice from our very experienced golf professional.

From the start you will receive a very friendly welcome to our

We are a very friendly local golf course and proud ourselves

clubhouse providing a well stocked bar, outside terrace with

on flexibility to ensure every visitor has an excellent golf day.

views over the course, changing facilities and a well stocked

We have an extensive menu of golf packages for you to choose

pros shop. You can use our meeting room or the function room

from for the summer and winter. Alternatively we can tailor a

for larger groups and enjoy our extensive menu options.

package to meet your requirements so that you have a great

The course is a great par 67 of 5,600 yards set amongst

day of golf supported by our dedicated team.

T E L : 0 1 1 5 9 7 6 3 1 7 2 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ B U LW E L L F O R E S TG O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. B U LW E L L F O R E S TG O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages 18 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch or dinner. Winter season October to March: Packages from £20 per player Summer season April to October: Packages from £25 per player

Green Fees Book on line for our great rates www.bulwellforestgolfclub.co.uk

168

How to get there Located just 3 miles north of the City just a few minutes from the M1 junc 26. Free parking onsite.

Accommodation Many excellent hotels nearby

WORLD

R DS

WORLD

GOLF A

R DS

HOTEL & RESORT

THE BELFRY

GOLF A

2016

England's Best Golf Hotel

England's Best Golf Course

W I S H AW | S U T TO N C O L D F I E L D | W E S T M I D L A N D S | B 7 6 9 P R As the world’s only four-time Ryder Cup host, The Belfry Hotel &

north Warwickshire countryside.

Resort has a globally-renowned golfing heritage. It continues to set

The world-famous Brabazon course is undoubtedly the jewel in

the standard for the perfect golfing getaway, underlined by awards

the crown, however the resort also boasts a two-time European

for England’s Best Golf Course and Golf Hotel, plus England’s

Tour course, the PGA National, as well as the less challenging

Leading Conference Hotel at the most recent World Golf and World

Derby layout. Whatever your standard, there is a sublimely

Travel Award ceremonies.

conditioned course to suit every golfer, whilst the PGA Golf

Societies and corporate groups can follow in the footsteps of

Academy provides the perfect setting to fine tune your game.

legends at The Belfry, scene of some of the most iconic shots in

Away from the course, The Belfry Hotel & Resort provides the

golf, from the swashbuckling Seve’s greening of the 10th hole in

most luxurious retreat with its 319 signature bedrooms, exquisite

1978 to Paul McGinley’s Ryder Cup winning putt in 2002. Your own

restaurants and bars, fully-stocked golf shop, revitalising Spa

Ryder Cup memories can be made across three outstanding golf

& Leisure Club and on-site nightclub – making it the perfect

courses, which have been expertly sculpted from acres of lush

destination for any society or corporate group.

T E L : 0 1 6 7 5 2 3 8 6 0 0 | E M A I L : G O L F. S A L E S @ T H E B E L F R Y. C O M | W E B : W W W.T H E B E L F R Y. C O M

Corporate Packages (24 people and above) Derby – From £79pp / PGA National – From £109pp / Brabazon – From £159pp • Tea/Coffee & Bacon Roll • Course Planner, Gift Pack & Range Token • 18 Holes of Championship Golf • 3 Course Dinner Charity Packages: April/August (based on 72 person shotgun). As corporate package, including 36 GPS buggies.

Green Fees: From £25.00pp per round. Accommodation On site hotel featuring 319 bedrooms & suites Other Facilities Three restaurants, bars, spa, leisure club, nightclub, mini golf, meeting rooms and free car parking. 169

How to get there From the South: Leave M1 at Junction 19 and join M6. Leave M6 at Junction 4 to A446 signed Lichfield. Follow A446 over Junction 9 M42. The Belfry is one mile on the right. From the North: Exit M6 Toll at Junction T2 onto A446. The Belfry is 360yds on the right.

CHILWELL MANOR GOLF CLUB M E A D O W L A N E | C H I LW E L L | N OT T I N G H A M | N G 9 5 A E Chilwell Manor Golf Club greets you with delightful parkland

have a meal with friends, enjoy a family celebration, a grand

course setting where you will discover mature trees, manicured

banquet or a wedding. Our management team will work with

fairways and greens that will challenge golfers of all abilities.

you to make it happen.

The course is an impeccable par 70, 6,216 yard course first

We offer a wide range of competitively priced drinks from our

built in 1906 and so offers the competitive golfer an interesting

well-stocked bar, seating inside and outside with views across

challenge in positional play.

the course and a pro shop where you can purchase the latest

On arrival you will be warmly welcomed into our friendly club

golf gear and branded golf wear.

house. Our restaurant is open to the public and is a wonderful

Chilwell Manor provides the perfect setting for a relaxed

place to come and have lunch and look out over the course,

pastime and the sociable golfer.

T E L : 0 1 1 5 9 2 5 8 9 5 8 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ C H I LW E L L M A N O R G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C H I LW E L L M A N O R G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages 18 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our very own chef. Winter season November to February Packages start from ÂŁ26. Summer season March to October Packages start from ÂŁ29. We are more than happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual needs.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www.chilwellmanorgolfclub. co.uk or call 0115 9258958.

170

How to get there Located 3miles from Jct 25 M1. Nottingham City is just 3 miles away. East Midlands airport is a 20 minute drive.

Accommodation The club can arrange accommodation locally if required

Other Facilities Practice facilities, custom fitting and 3 function rooms for hire.

COLLINGTREE PARK GOLF CLUB W I N D I N G B R O O K L A N E | C O L L I N G T R E E PA R K | N O R T H A M P TO N | N N 4 0 X N Collingtree Park Golf Club was opened in 1990 by designer and

from a beginner to a scratch golfer. They can offer activities to

former British & US Open Champion, Johnny Miller. The 18-hole,

help entertain any group. For example, how about ‘Beat the Pro’

par 72 course is a European Tour venue and is a unique and

where your team can see if you can get your ball nearer the pin

testing course that will challenge any handicap. Holding water on

than our club professional.

no less than 10 holes including the signature 18th green.

So, what will you be doing next time you want to amaze your

Collingtree Park Golf Club takes the hassle away by tailoring

clients, reward your staff or treat your friends? You can have your

any Golf Day package to make sure that your group have a

own exclusive Golf Day, Charity Event or Society Day.

pleasurable and outstanding day. The team manage your day,

Collingtree Park Golf Club is one of the county’s most esteemed

so you can concentrate more on impressing your group with the

golf courses that encourages members and non-members to

efficient service and impressive venue you have chosen.

enjoy its fantastic facilities.

Collingtree Park Golf Club welcomes groups of all abilities

T E L : 0 1 6 0 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 | E M A I L : E N Q U I R I E S @ C O L L I N G T R E E PA R K G O L F. C O M W E B : W W W. C O L L I N G T R E E PA R K G O L F. C O M

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining available. Winter 1st November 2017 – 28th February 2018. 8+ players from £23.50pp includes coffee and bacon bap and 18 holes of championship golf. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees Please check online for our best rates or call 01604 700000 (Opt 1)

How to get there Leave the M1 at junction 15 and take the exit towards A45 Northampton/ Wellingborough. Drive past the turning for the Hilton Hotel and take the next slip road for East Hunsbury. At the roundabout take the second exit straight on, Rowtree Road. Next roundabout, take the first exit. Follow Windingbrook Lane for half a mile. 171

Accommodation The club can recommend excellent hotels in the surrounding area.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, modern club house, bar, outside veranda, function room, restaurant, pro shop, free WIFI, changing room with lockers, large car park, putting green and drive range.

FOREST OF ARDEN A MARRIOTT HOTEL & COUNTRY CLUB M A X S TO K E L A N E | M E R I D E N | WA R W I C K S H I R E | C V 7 7 H R Ideally located in the heart of the midlands, just minutes from the

maintained to the same high standard as its celebrated sister.

NEC, the national motorway network, Birmingham International

Whether you’re an enthusiastic novice or you play the game

airport and its railway station, the Marriott Forest of Arden Hotel

like a pro, a round of golf with colleagues and friends is one

& Country Club is one of the UK’s top golf venues.

of life’s great pleasures. At the Marriott Forest of Arden Hotel

The hotel offers two of the finest courses and a wide

& Country Club, we make the golfing experience work for

range of top-class golf facilities. In recent years it has played

you, your company or organisation. Whichever course you

host to some of the game’s biggest tournaments in both

play, you’ll have a good chance of catching a glimpse of the

the professional and amateur game, including the English

friendly local deer that are an integral part of this majestic

Open and the British Masters and in 2007 was home to the

countryside setting.

Brabazon Trophy.

Course details: Championship Arden Course: 7,213 yards, par

Shorter, but equally enjoyable, the Aylesford Course is

72, 18 holes. Aylesford Course: 5,801 yards, par 69, 18 holes.

T E L : 0 1 6 7 6 5 2 2 3 3 5 | E M A I L : M H R S . C V TG S . G O L F E V E N T S @ M A R R I OT T H OT E L S . C O M W E B : W W W. M A R R I OT TG O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Arden Course from £55. Aylesford Course from £35, to include coffee and bacon rolls, and 18 holes of golf.

Green Fees Arden Course from £50 Monday through to Sunday. Aylesford Course from £20 Monday - Sunday. Visitor Restrictions: All of the above is subject to availability.

How to get there Follow A45 - Coventry, continue on over Stonebridge & after 3/4 mile turn left into Shepherds Lane. Follow lane for approximately 0.5 miles & turn left onto Maxstoke Lane for approx. 1 mile. Hotel is situated on the left hand side. 172

Accommodation Retreat to one of our comfortable and stylish bedrooms, featuring flat screen televisions, a huge choice of movies, spacious work areas and 24 hour room service.

Other Facilities Putting area, pro shop and golf academy.

HELLIDON LAKES GOLF | SPA | HOTEL H E L L I D O N | D AV E N T R Y | N N 1 1 6 G G As you might have guessed by the hotel name, the golf course

to a target green.

at Hellidon Lakes is renowned for its water features. This

With the excellent facilities including Leisure Club, Spa and

makes the course a challenge for even the most competent

106 spacious bedrooms, Hellidon Lakes is the perfect choice

golfer, so play it safe or run the risk of the water hazards - the

for not only a society or corporate golf day but also a golf break

choice is yours!

with friends or colleagues.

We have 6187 yards of championship golf over 18 holes (par

Our professional golf planners will work closely with you to

72) plus the additional valley 9 hole course to complete the 27

design and manage a unique golf break or corporate golf event

hole experience. We also have two putting greens and practice

with every detail considered, from the moment your guests

ground to take advantage of before you attempt the course.

arrive. Our retail golf brochure can make every single item of

The course is set in 220 acres with 8 stunning lakes, with

your day bespoke to your needs with custom logo and imagery

undulating fairways, finishing with a gem of a par 3 over water

as required.

T E L : 0 1 3 2 7 2 6 5 6 2 0 | E M A I L : H E L L I D O N L A K E S G O L F @ Q H OT E L S . C O . U K W E B : W W W. Q H OT E L S . C O . U K / O U R - LO C AT I O N S / H E L L I D O N - L A K E S - G O L F - A N D - S PA - H OT E L / G O L F /

Society Packages QHotels aim to design bespoke golf days for your society, golf group or business. Our packages range from £19 -£47pp.

Green Fees £15-£30pp. You can book tee times via our website.

How to get there Follow post code NN11 6GG, we are only 20 mins from M1.

173

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities Driving Range, Pitching Area, and Putting Green. Fleet of 20 buggies.

K I LT O N F O R E S T GOLF COURSE B LY T H R O A D | W O R K S O P | N OT T I N G H A M S H I R E | S 8 1 0 T L One of the finest golf courses in the midlands, opening in 1978

club fittings, coaching or simple advice regarding the game or

Kilton Forest Golf Course has gained an excellent reputation as

the course. A fully stocked shop offering very competitive prices

an established parkland course and boasts an all year round

on the latest brands is always available.

facility, with exceptional course drainage due to its sand base.

A fully re-furbished (completed in 2014) friendly clubhouse is

The 18 hole par 72 course (6,231) is both challenging and

available for hot and cold drinks as well as offering hot and cold

friendly to experienced and novice golfers alike. Visitors are

snacks too with free WIFI and full sky sports TV package.

most welcome and can warm up before play on a superb large

8 golf buggies are available for hire each day to enhance that

landscaped putting green and chipping area.

golfing experience.

A warm welcome is always on hand from within the

You can be assured that you will be greeted with a very

professional shop, where our fully qualified PGA professional

friendly welcome offering very competitive golf memberships

and his PGA golf assistant will assist you with any questions,

and packages that are very difficult to be beaten.

TEL: 01909 511300 | EMAIL: ENQUIRIES@BPL.ORG.UK W E B : W W W. B P L . O R G . U K / K I LTO N F O R E S T G O L F C O U R S E

Society Packages 18 hole midweek packages available from £13 per person 18 hole weekend packages available from just £22 per person

Green Fees Reservations can be made via e-mail, phone or online www.golfnow.com & www.teeofftimes.co.uk Annual Golf Memberships – (No Joining fee) 7 day memberships £420 5 day memberships £360

How to get there Kilton Forest Golf Course is located just 4 miles from M1 (junction 30). We are sited on Blyth Road (B6045) opposite Bassetlaw District General Hospital. Free ample parking available on site. 174

Accommodation Please contact the club for further details.

Other Facilities Large practice putting green with chipping area and buggy hire available.

NAILCOTE HALL HOTEL & GOLF CLUB N A I LC OT E L A N E | B E R K S W E L L | S O L I H U L L | WA R W I C K S H I R E | C V 7 7 D E Nailcote Hall is the host venue for The Farmfoods British Par 3

The new ‘Pertemps Pavilion’ clubhouse, which includes a Pro

Championship, which attracts top European Tour, Seniors Tour and

shop, changing rooms, Bar named ‘Charley’s Bar’ in honour of

Ladies European Tour and many star Celebrities every year who

Solheim Cup star Charley Hull, a 60 cover Restaurant, and a

love the challenges the Cromwell Course presents.

balcony with views over the golf course.

Open since 1992, the 1,048-yard layout is similar in scale to the

Following a recent extension, the hotel now offers 49 luxury

Par 3 course at Augusta, and is recognised as an even tougher

bedrooms, with the new rooms including two suites, seven

challenge, in a beautiful Warwickshire parkland setting alongside

executive rooms, and two additional family rooms. Guests can

the 17th century Jacobean Hall.

also enjoy the superb leisure club, with pool, steam room and

A fabulous test of short game golf awaits all visitors, Society

Technogym-equipped gym. The Oak Room Restaurant offers fine

Groups or Corporate Days, and the social nature of the course

dining and the hotel has private dining rooms and Conference

and facilities is sure to make any day memorable both on and off

facilities. The luxury Marquee which can cater for up to 250

the course.

people, is also available for large events.

T E L : 0 2 4 7 6 4 6 6 1 74 | E M A I L : G O L F @ N A I LC OT E H A L L . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. N A I LC OT E H A L L . C O . U K

Society Packages From £19.50 per person. Corporate Day packages from £29.50. Golf break packages available from £59 per person.

Green Fees Adults £15 per person, 18 holes. Juniors under 13 £7.50 per person, 18 holes. Visitors, Society groups and Corporate days are all welcome.

How to get there Please see our website for directions.

175

Accommodation Please contact the club for details.

Other Facilities Bar and restaurant open daily from 7.30am. For more information visit ourwebsite www.nailcotehall.co.uk/golf

NOTTS GOLF CLUB D E R B Y R O A D | K I R K B Y I N A S H F I E L D | N OT T I N G H A M S H I R E | N G 1 7 7 Q R Notts Golf Club, otherwise known as Hollinwell after the

every bit a nature reserve as it is a golf course and indeed is well

Holy Well by the 8th, hosted the Final Open Qualifier in 2017.

known for its nature conservation interests UK wide.”

Players from around the globe won through their regional

Visitors receive a warm welcome at Hollinwell from proud

qualifying events to contend there for three places in the Open

staff and members and can also experience the fabulous

Championship at Royal Birkdale. On July 3rd 2018, Hollinwell

championship course in it’s natural setting and a clubhouse with

will again host one of the Final Open Qualifying events for the

panoramic views over a course which is playable all year round

147th Open at Carnoustie.

with some of the best winter greens to be found.

More than just a stunning golf course, The Official Ecologist to

Hollinwell really is well worth any journey there and no

The R&A Championship Committee recently said “Notts Golf Club

wonder the Professional Mike Bradley challenges anyone to find

is one of the premier nature conservation sites within the UK, it is

a better inland course anywhere in Britain.

TEL: 01623 753225 OPTION 2 FOR THE OFFICE OPTION 3 FOR THE PRO SHOP E M A I L : O F F I C E @ N OT T S G O L F C LU B . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. N OT T S G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Bespoke Society Packages are available please contact the office for details.

Green Fees Seasonal between £55 and £90pp.

How to get there Located just 4 miles from junction 27 of the M1.

176

Accommodation Contact the office or see the web site for accommodation recommendations.

Other Facilities Driving Range and Short Game Practice Area.

177

RADCLIFFE ON TRENT GOLF CLUB D E W B E R R Y L A N E | C R O P W E L L R O A D | R A D C L I F F E - O N -T R E N T | N OT T I N G H A M | N G 1 2 2 J H The Radcliffe-on-Trent Golf Club, founded in 1909, is one of the

welcome golf societies and corporate golf days. Our outstanding

premier golf courses in Nottinghamshire and is the ‘home’ of the

facilities are ideal for gatherings both large and small. Our

McGregor Trophy, the English Boys under 16 Championship.

location is only 5 miles outside the city of Nottingham but feels

The club lies between the A52 & A46 and is within easy reach

so rural with time and space to think, relax and enjoy the great

of Nottingham, Leicester, Newark and Grantham and offers a

course.

superb 18-hole parkland course with 3 of the most challenging

After the round is completed why not take advantage of our

finishing holes in the county.

award-winning caterers menu? We can arrange a meal for 2 or for

Corporate Days and Large Society Bookings Golf Days offer

130, so whether your group is large or small here at Radcliffe we

the perfect opportunity for friends, colleagues and business

can accommodate your every need.

associates to spend time together and benefit from networking

We welcome early bookings and are happy to manage your

opportunities while enjoying a fantastic round of golf in a

day’s activities, leaving your group free to concentrate on

beautiful setting. Here at Radcliffe-on-Trent Golf Club, we warmly

enjoying your day.

T E L : 0 1 1 5 9 3 3 3 0 0 0 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ R A D C L I F F E O N T R E N TG C . C O . U K W E B : W W W. R A D C L I F F E O N T R E N TG C . C O . U K

Society Packages A range of society packages are available and can be tailored to your needs. Prices from £25pp including tea/ coffee and a bacon roll. The organiser to receive courtesy green fee for bookings over 8.

Green Fees From £40 weekdays and £50 weekends and Bank Holidays on the 18 hole course.

How to get there Please contact the Club.

178

Accommodation Please contact the Club for a list of local recommendations.

Other Facilities 9 Hole Academy Course, Practice Facilities, Short Game Driving Range and Boules Court.

THE LEICESTERSHIRE GOLF CLUB E V I N G TO N L A N E | L E I C E S T E R | L E 5 6 D J Home of the “English Men’s Open Mid-Amateur Strokeplay

James Braid included a number of new bunkers.

(Logan Trophy)”

Although the Leicestershire is steeped in history and tradition,

The Leicestershire Golf Club founded in 1890 is a beautiful parkland course which stands to the south of the city, backing

the club couples this with a 21st approach to everything is does, including permitting smart jeans in the clubhouse!

on to open countryside.

The Leicestershire welcomes groups of all sizes and

Heavily treed and boasting the finest quality greens, the 6,329 yard par 68 course challenges low handicap golfers

guarantees a first-class day from the moment you enter the car park, to moment you leave.

whilst remaining suitable to golfers of all abilities. The course

For more information please do not hesitate to get in touch.

was extended to 18 holes in 1899 and in 1910 improvements by

T E L : 0 1 1 6 2 7 3 8 8 2 5 | E M A I L : O F F I C E @ T H E L E I C E S T E R S H I R E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W.T H E LG C . C O . U K

Society Packages 18, 27 and 36 hole packages available. Bespoke catering options available. Society Packages start from £30pp. All societies receive complimentary pencil and tees.

Green Fees 18 Holes (April-October): £50pp 18 Holes (November-March): £35 18 Hole County Card £30

How to get there Please use the “places of interest” facility on your Sat Nav (i.e. Golf Courses) when entering our postcode. This can be helpful in completing the journey when using your satnav for directions to our club postcode LE5 6DJ It does not always bring you directly to the club because the postcode relates to a larger area around the club location. 179

Accommodation The club has excellent relationship with several hotels in Leicester. Please contact the club for more details.

Other Facilities Award Winning Professional Shop, 12 Bay Driving Range, Short Game Area, Meeting Rooms. First Class Hospitality.

THE NOTTINGHAMSHIRE GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB C OTG R AV E | N OT T I N G H A M | N G 1 2 3 H B The Nottinghamshire Golf & Country Club and Nottingham’s

walk to the county’s only island drop zone.

only 36 golf & hotel complex, is set in 344 acres of rolling

Showcasing a recently redesigned layout, The Signature

parkland set only six miles for the centre of the city of

Course has been remodelled to offer a challenging 18 holes

Nottingham, providing an ideal location for a fantastic golf

that complements The Championship Course to provide

break or memorable day out on the fairways. Whether you

a truly rounded experience for golfers of all abilities.

are a group of friends looking for an enjoyable round of golf or

The undulating greens and strategic hazards provide tests

a visiting party looking to visit the area, The Nottinghamshire

throughout the round culminating at the stunning par 5 island

Golf & Country Club provides the ideal setting.

green finishing hole.

A true test of golf, The Championship Course is set amongst

The Nottinghamshire was voted Number 1 Society venue

a complex waterways system bringing water into play on 14

in the Midlands for the past two years in a recent poll by over

out of the 18 holes. The signature par 3, 14th hole highlights this

2,000 local golfers and is pleased to be able to welcome

challenge with those unfortunate to enter the hazard facing a

visitors seven days a week.

T E L : 0 1 1 5 9 3 3 3 3 4 4 | E M A I L : G E N E R A L@ T H E N OT T I N G H A M S H I R E . C O M W E B : W W W.T H E N OT T I N G H A M S H I R E . C O M

Society Packages Starting from only £30pp person and Golf Breaks from £99pp.

How to get there Only 6 miles from Nottingham City Centre so easily accessible from the M1.

Accommodation The Residence at the Nottinghamshire Golf & Country Club has opened the doors to it’s brand new, onsite boutique hotel offering 18 beautifully appointed bedrooms ready to welcome both golf and leisure guests alike.

180

Other Facilities 9 bay, floodlit driving range which is open to both members and visitors alike until 9.15pm during the Winter months. Our practice nets, putting green and chipping area allows all aspects of your short game to be honed.

WHITTLEBURY PARK GOLF CLUB TO W C E S T E R | N O R T H A M P TO N S H I R E | N N 1 2 8 Q H Situated in rural Northamptonshire, adjacent to the world famous

whose holes are closest to race track, offers a stern test for the

Silverstone motor racing circuit, Whittlebury Park Golf Club, and the

serious golfer, with two cracking short holes on offer. The 1905

adjoining Whittlebury Hall Hotel, is uniquely positioned to cater for

course is renowned for its undulating greens, which place an

both corporate clients and leisure guests.

emphasis on accurate approach play, while the Wedgewood

The highlight among the numerous sporting facilities on offer is undoubtedly the 36 holes of championship golf, comprising

course is packed full of challenging par threes and fours, and will reward good course management.

two 18-hole courses, which are handily divided into four nine-hole

Practice facilities include a 300-yard long, two-tiered driving

loops to offer a wide variety of golfing challenges to suit large

range with 24 covered bays; two putting greens; practice fairway

groups and societies.

bunkers, and short game chipping area. For non-golfers there

Each course has a distinctive charm, with the Royal Whittlewood

is a wide variety of activities, including archery, shooting and

nine presenting a delightful combination of holes built around

hovercrafting, while the stunning Atrium clubhouse is adjacent to

ancient woodlands and pretty lakes, while the Grand Prix course,

the award-winning day spa and hotel.

T E L : 0 1 3 2 7 8 5 0 0 0 0 | E M A I L : G O L F E V E N T S @W H I T T L E B U R Y.CO M | W E B : W W W.W H I T T L E B U R Y H A L L .CO.U K

Society Packages Green Fees From £15 (Mon-Fri), £22 (Sat/ From £15pp (winter). Sun/Bank Holidays) for groups of 12 or more in the winter.

How to get there A 10-minute drive from junction 15a M1 via A43, and 20 minutes from Milton Keynes on the A5.

181

Accommodation On-site Whittlebury Hall Hotel and Spa boasts 254 bedrooms and offers a variety of golf, hotel and spa breaks.

Other Facilities • A 300 yard long, two-tiered driving range with 24 covered and floodlit bays • Two putting greens • Practice fairway bunkers • A short game chipping area • PGA Qualified professional • Callaway fitting centre • Membership of The Golf Club Network

Covering: Essex • Hertfordshire • Cambridgeshire • Bedfordshire • Kent • Sussex • Surrey

EXPLORE OUR RANGE The biggest golf car distributor in the South and South-East Ernest Doe is your one stop shop for golf cars in the South and South-East. With our comprehensive product range, specialist sales managers and expert service technicians we are sure we can find the right match for you. Contact your local sales manager for further information or to arrange a free demonstration.

Head Office: Ulting, Maldon CM9 6QH Simon Jennings 07870 230806 Portsmouth Road, Esher KT10 9AD David Watson 07766 133600 83 Main Rd, Sutton-at-Hone, Dartford Paul Scarfe 07870 230983

We're online too at www.ukgolfbuggies.co.uk

182

THE NORTH LANCASHIRE LINCOLNSHIRE YORKSHIRE CHESHIRE COUNTY DURHAM CUMBRIA MERSEYSIDE NORTHUMBERLAND TYNE AND WEAR

THE BRADFORD GOLF CLUB C LU B H O U S E | H AW K S W O R T H L A N E | G U I S E L E Y | L E E D S | L S 2 0 8 N P The Bradford Golf Club is one of the oldest and most

atmosphere. The clubhouse offers a well-stocked bar and

prestigious golf clubs in Yorkshire. The open moorland course

menus that are designed to give guests a great deal of choice

on the border between Leeds and Bradford affords stunning

to suit all palates and budgets.

views over Baildon and Rombald moors.

One of the very best golf course in the region and a real

Laid out in 1899 by renowned golf course architect,

challenge for golfers of all abilities, playable throughout the

W. Herbert Fowler. The club has embarked on a thoughtful

full year when many other local courses are closed.

rediscovery of its Fowler heritage, with the trees now forming

We pride ourselves on a friendly welcome and a flexible

more natural groups, with the iconic 16th and 17th completed.

approach to ensure you and your guests enjoy your golf day.

Three further holes will be ready for the new 2018 season.

Whether you choose a pre-set package or would like us to

The clubhouse at The Bradford underwent a £350,000

help you create a completely unique golf day experience, our

refurbishment in 2012 and, today offers a beautifully

dedicated team are ready to cater for your every need.

appointed, contemporary space with a friendly, welcoming

T E L : 0 1 9 4 3 8 7 5 5 7 0 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ B R A D F O R D G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. B R A D F O R D G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages 18 hole packages with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options available, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. Winter season, November to February, Packages start from £26pp. Summer season, March to October, Packages start from £50pp. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www. bradfordgolfclub.co.uk or call 01943 875 570.

How to get there From Leeds: take the A65 (Leeds/Ilkley) to Guiseley at the White Cross Pub roundabout take the first exit towards Shipley/Bradford for 1 mile. Turn right onto Hawksworth Lane and the club is 1 mile on your left. 184

Accommodation The club can recommend excellent hotels in the surrounding area.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, modern club house, bar, large outside patio, function rooms, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, large car park, putting green and large practice area with practice nets.

beautiful surroundings set within 325 acres of championship

venue for Sunderland Masters.

golf course and picturesque countryside.

Offering you all the facilities for an excellent round of golf

The Clubhouse provides the perfect relaxation space

around County Durham, the George Washington Golf Club is set

required after a round of golf and caters for corporate groups;

in a picturesque setting and is one of the most challenging golf

events; individuals and business meetings; after golf bar; and

courses in the North East of England. The course is measured

Pro-Shop; selling a wide range of golfing brands.

at 6625 yards from the championship tees and offers a unique

Enjoy an overnight golf break at Mercure Newcastle George

challenge to any standard of golfer, with five par 5’s and a

Washington Hotel, Golf & Spa, home to one of the finest golf

course par of 73.

courses in the North East, including full English breakfast, dinner

Mercure Newcastle George Washington Hotel, Golf and Spa

in the Orangery and 36 holes of golf.

provides an exhilarating and exciting afternoon or day out, with

From £99 per person.

T E L : 0 1 9 1 4 1 7 8 3 4 6 | E M A I L : G S D @ G E O R G E WA S H I N G TO N . C O . U K W E B : W W W. G E O R G E WA S H I N G TO N . C O . U K

Society Packages Multiple package options available from £25pp. Contact the club for further details.

Green Fees Mon/Fri £22. Sat/Sun £27.

How to get there From the South follow the M1 until signs for A194 then take the slip road A182 towards Washington.

185

Accommodation 103 bedroom hotel on site, located in Washington between the cities of Newcastle upon Tyne, Sunderland and County Durham. Amenities include free high-speed internet access, flat-screen television and complimentary access to the on-site health club.

Other Facilities State of the art 16 bay floodlit driving range, with 2 teaching bays and 6 power tee bays open 9am to 9pm daily. Putting green, short game practice area including bunker, floodlit 16 day driving range, 7 hole par 3 course.

H A R R O G AT E GOLF CLUB F O R E S T L A N E H E A D | H A R R O G AT E | N O R T H Y O R K S H I R E | H G 2 7 T F Harrogate Golf Club is the town’s oldest course established

an enjoyable challenge for all handicaps. The course is always

in 1892. Our colonial style Clubhouse and attractive parkland/

presented in first class condition and many visiting parties come

heathland course provide a beautiful setting for members,

back year after year. The par three’s are a good test and the

visitors or corporate days out. All visitors can be assured of a

final six holes on the course include five testing par 4’s, making

warm Yorkshire welcome, excellent facilities and an enjoyable

this one of Yorkshire’s toughest finishing stretches. The greens

round of golf.

are always known to be very true combined by great bunkering.

We are located only two miles from the centre of Harrogate,

The Clubhouse has excellent facilities including well-

the current course measures 6198 yards and is on easy walking

appointed changing areas, lounges, dining room, snooker

terrain. It is widely regarded as a fair test of golf, requiring

room and the veranda which is the perfect setting for groups of

accuracy rather than distance off the tee. It’s Mackenzie

different sizes.

designed greens and the mature tree lined fairways provide

We look forward to welcoming you to Harrogate Golf Club.

T E L : 0 1 4 2 3 8 6 2 9 9 9 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ H A R R O G AT E - G C . C O . U K | W E B : W W W. H A R R O G AT E - G C . C O . U K

Society Packages We have societies that come back year after year to enjoy our excellent hospitality. We have an easy walking course with challenging holes to suit all standards of golfer and we can organise ‘Nearest the Pin’ and ‘Long Drive’ Competitions to enhance your

day with us. Our team and their staff will ensure you are given a warm welcome during your visit and they will provide any help or assistance you require. Contact us now on 01423 862999 or email manager@ harrogate-gc.co.uk

Green Fees Visitors are very welcome and greenfees start from just £25 per round which can be booked on line via the club website. 186

How to get there Harrogate Golf Club is situated to the West of town just 2 miles from the centre of Harrogate and is accessible from both the North and South via the A1.

Accommodation Harrogate is spoilt with an abundance of hotels to suit every budget, the club has a special arrangement for visiting golfers with The Cairn Hotel.

Other Facilities Harrogate Golf Club has excellent practice facilities with a large practice ground and short-game area. The clubhouse can accommodate all types of celebration in its wellappointed function rooms.

M AT F E N H A L L HOTEL M AT F E N | N E W C A S T L E U P O N T Y N E | N E 2 0 0 R H Matfen Hall Golf Club is set in 300 acres of mature Northumberland

standards as the Championship Course, which is a challenging test

parkland with established burns and woodland creating one of

for accomplished players as well as ideal for beginners and less

the finest and picturesque venues in the region. The 27 hole

experienced players as an introduction to the game.

course layout is an enjoyable test for all players of all abilities and

The Keepers Lodge is the ideal 19th Hole which serves home-

incorporates the challenging features from the dry stone ‘Ha-Ha’

cooked food and locally sourced sourced beverages for you to

walls to the fast flowing River Pont. The 3 loops of 9 holes also

enjoy whilst over looking the final few holes.

affords visitors plenty of availability at key weekend times with the

If you travelling from further a field the ‘Matfen Hall Experience’

club offering competitive and excellent value packages all year

could include a stay in its award winning four star Country House

round. Packages are easily tailored to your requirements and a

Hotel to take advantage of its popular and reasonable golf breaks.

friendly atmosphere means you can relax and enjoy your golfing

Packages include accommodation, golf, use of the award winning

experience what ever the game throws at you. The facilities also

Spa and multiple dinning options. The perfect venue for you

boasts a high quality 9 hole Par 3 course maintained at the same

consider as your away trip for 2018.

T E L : 0 1 6 6 1 8 8 6 4 0 0 | E M A I L : P E T E R . S M I T H @ M AT F E N H A L L . C O M | W E B : W W W. M AT F E N H A L L . C O M

Society Packages Winter Sprinter October – March 2018 Coffee & Bacon Roll followed by 18 holes of golf £20pp Spring Package April – May 2018

Coffee & Bacon Roll, followed by 18 holes of golf, 2 Course meal £40pp Summer Package June – Sept 2018 Coffee & Bacon Roll, followed by 18 holes of golf, 2 Course meal £50pp

How to get there Exit the A69 at Heddon on the Wall and pick up the B6318, just before the Three Tuns public house, heading west towards Chollerford. Continue on the B6318 for seven miles; the turning to Matfen is on the right. From the A68, join the B6318 heading east at the Stagshaw roundabout, two miles north of Corbridge. Follow signs to Heddon on the Wall / Newcastle; the Matfen turning is on the left after two and a half miles. 187

Accommodation 53 bedroom hotel on site.

Other Facilities Driving Range, Fully stocked Pro Shop and Practice Facilities.

SHARPLEY SPRINGS COUNTRY GOLF COURSE S E ATO N S E A H A M | C O . D U R H A M | S R 7 0 N P Set in beautiful rolling Durham countryside and boasting

A state-of-the-art drainage network ensures the course remains

panoramic sea views, Sharpley’s par-71 course is an absolute

not only open for play in all weathers, but creates superb year-

pleasure to play, with its challenging and undulating layout

round playing surfaces, with the greens being fast and true and the

featuring many unusual hazards and a stunning mix of holes that

fairways in great condition.

are sure to excite and challenge players of all abilities.

After golf, guests can relax in the comfortable log cabin-style

The 5,902-yard course, only opened in 2010, already shows

clubhouse, which has balconies overlooking 18th and 9th greens,

maturity far beyond its years, with the architects and greenkeeping staff creating a course that feels and plays like an established

and offers a wide range of drinks, light snacks and hot food. The club welcomes visiting golfers, golf societies and corporate

layout. This is in part due to the natural topography of the course,

golf days, and a team of dedicated staff is happy to create a

along with the care and attention taken when shaping the fairways

bespoke golf day – whatever the size and experience of your

and contoured USGA greens.

group – that will be both enjoyable and memorable.

T E L : 0 1 9 1 5 8 1 4 8 2 1 | E M A I L : I N F O @ S H A R P L E Y G O L F. C O . U K | W E B : W W W. S H A R P L E Y G O L F. C O . U K

Society Packages Contact the club for packages: 0191 581 4821. For tee times: 0191 513 1100. Society bookings are always welcome - call 0191 581 4821.

Green Fees £17 (Mon), £20 (Tues-Fri), £25 (Sat-Sun). Clubhouse/available tee times: Book your tee slots on 0191 513 1100. Visitors welcome seven days a week.

How to get there 3 minutes from A19, 10 minutes from A1 near Sunderland, Durham, Newcastle and Hartlepool.

188

Accommodation Seaton Lane Inn 0191 581 2038. Durham Marriott Hotel 0191 386 6821.

Other Facilities 14-bay driving range with Power Tees. Grass bays. Conference facilities and conference room. Tuition available: Simon Robinson, PGA. David Howden, PGA.

189

opinionleader.it

ON AND OFF COURSE.

190

WALES

191

BETH SY’N GWNEUD EGWYL GOLFF DELFRYDOL?

WHAT MAKES THE PERFECT GOLF BREAK?

Clwb Golff y Royal Porthcawl

Royal Porthcawl Golf Club

Clwb Golff y Pîl a Chynffig

Pyle & Kenfig Golf Club

Clwb Golff y Grove

The Grove Golf Club

Clwb Golff Coed-y-Mwstwr

Coed-Y-Mwstwr Golf Club

Clwb Golff Maesteg

Maesteg Golf Club

Canolfan Golff Pen-y-bont ar Ogwr

Bridgend Golf Complex

192

2 1

3 6

193

T H E C E LT I C M A N O R RESORT C O L D R A W O O D S | T H E U S K VA L L E Y | N E W P O R T | N P 1 8 1 H Q As venue for The 2010 Ryder Cup, the award-winning Celtic Manor

lodges, seven sensational restaurants, two health spas and

Resort in South Wales offers a prestigious location for your society

much more, Celtic Manor really does offer endless possibilities

golf day.

for your event.

Take your pick from three world-class championship golf

Planning your golf day at Celtic Manor couldn’t be simpler.

courses, The Twenty Ten, Roman Road and The Montgomerie,

Whatever the size of your group there is a format that will

complemented by two luxurious clubhouses, a state of the art

suit your needs, with a choice of upgrade options available

Golf Academy and excellent on-course catering facilities.

on request. Exclusive use and bespoke packages are also

Holding your society golf day at The Celtic Manor Resort

available, allowing you the flexibility of a shotgun start or up to

offers the chance to follow in the footsteps of the stars of

54 holes of championship golf.

The 2010 Ryder Cup and recreate all the excitement of this

Find out more at celtic-manor.com or call 01633 410263

sensational golf tournament, plus with four hotels and ten luxury

quoting ‘GOLF GUIDE’

T E L : 0 1 6 3 3 4 1 0 2 6 3 | E M A I L : B O O K I N G S @ C E LT I C- M A N O R . C O M | W E B : W W W. C E LT I C- M A N O R . C O M

Society Packages All inclusive golf day with tea, coffee and bacon roll on arrival followed by 18 holes of championship golf and a two course clubhouse lunch. Roman Road & The Montgomerie from £39 per person, The Twenty Ten from £79 per person. Terms and conditions apply.

How to get there Set within 2,000 acres of panoramic parkland in the beautiful Usk Valley, South Wales, the Resort is conveniently located just off Junction 24 of the M4, only five minutes from the Severn Bridge.

194

Accommodation Stay overnight at the five star Resort Hotel, four star Coldra Court Hotel, historic Manor House, Newbridge country inn, or luxurious Hunter Lodges. Please call 01633 410262 for more details and room rates.

CONWY (CAERNARVONSHIRE) GOLF CLUB M O R FA | C O N W Y | N O R T H WA L E S | L L 3 2 8 E R Conwy Golf Club is North Wales coast’s leading Championship Links course and host venue for the 2020 Curtis Cup matches.

This is the start of an extremely challenging closing three holes where many good rounds have been ruined.

A golf course good enough to be chosen for top events, but player-friendly for all levels.

Conwy Golf Club hosted the prestigious 2009 European Amateur Championship, a Ladies European Tour event in 2010,

One of the signature holes of Conwy Golf Club is the 16th

its third European Seniors Tour event in 2012, the 2015 R & A

hole which has a narrow gorse-lined fairway where only an

Boys’ Home Internationals, the 2016 Ladies’ and Girls’ Home

accurate tee shot will suffice.

Internationals and will host the Mens’ Home Internationals in 2018.

T EL : 0 1492 5 924 23 | E M A I L: SECR E TARY@CONW YGOLFCLUB.CO.UK | WEB: W W W.CONW YGOLFCLUB.COM

Society Packages

To qualify as a society/group with a reserved tee time, a minimum of 16 golfers is essential. This gives a green fee discount with a further discount for parties of 24 or more. For further details, information or enquiries, please contact the Secretary on 01492 592423 option 2.

Green Fees

Winter (16/10/2017 – 18/03/2018). Weekdays £30 per round. Weekends £35 per round. Spring (19/03/2018 – 30/04/2018). Weekdays £40 per round. Weekends £45 per round.

How to get there

Accommodation

The drive to the course is less than an Contact the club for hour from Cheshire and Merseyside, further details. and just over an hour from Manchester and The Potteries. The course is easily accessed from the A55 (Junction 17), SAT NAV LL32 8ER and has magnificent views over the Conwy estuary to the mountains of Snowdonia and the Anglesey coastline. 195

Other Facilities

We offer a full range of facilities for you to practice and hone your skills. There is a 1st class practice putting green, practice bunker, two practice chipping greens and two swing practice nets. These are all located near the 18th green. This is supplemented by a full driving range where you can do a full warmup before starting your round. This is ideally located next to the 1st Tee.

Machynys CLWB GOLFF

Wales’ only Nicklaus design course...

OPEN WEEK 21

ST AUG-27TH U 2017ST

APRIL 2017

MAY - SEPT 2017

GREEN FEE

£30.00

£40.00

MACHYNYS PACKAGE

£35.00

£40.00*

Tea / Coffee 1 Course Meal 18 Holes on the Nicklaus Design Championship Course

MACHYNYS PENINSULA GOLF CLUB

*Groups of 12 or more

TWILIGHT GREEN FEE

N I C K L A U S AV E N U E | M A C H Y N Y S | L L A N E L L I | C A R M A R T H E N S H I R E | S A 1 5 2 D G

£20.00

(after 3pm)

Ever since it opened in 2005, Machynys Peninsula has

holes. Straight driving is essential to avoid these hazards, while

captured the imagination of the golfing public. Its superb

accurate approach shots are needed to negotiate the clever

Nicklaus Design championship course overlooks the stunning

bunkering around the sizeable USGA-standard greens – which

@MachynysGC

Carmarthen Bay, makingMachynys it a trulyPeninsula spectacular setting in Spa, which are Machynys, always presented in superb SA15 condition. Golf Club & Premier Nicklaus Avenue, Llanelli, Carmarthenshire 2DG to enjoy a round.

Terms and Conditions apply | All prices are per person | £5.00 Weekend Supplement per round

The course is routed in two loops, with a parkland front nine

The 18-hole layout hostedTel: the01554 Wales Ladies Championship and an inward half that has more of a links feel beside the 744 888 | golf.sales@machynys.com | www.machynys.com of Europe within months of opening, and has gone on to host

sea. Gary Nicklaus highlighted the 16th as one his favourites, a

numerous top-flight professional and amateur events over the

461-yard par four which is played across a lake from behind the

last 12 years.

clubhouse, with the green offering a view of the entire bay.

Playing to 7,121 yards off the back tees – with multiple teeing

The stylish, modern clubhouse features a bar and restaurant,

options to suit all skill levels – it features no fewer than 25

function rooms, pro shop and golf superstore, while practise

acres of lakes, with water coming into play on two-thirds of the

facilities include a putting green and driving range.

T E L : 0 1 5 5 4 74 4 8 8 8 | E M A I L : G O L F. S A L E S @ M A C H Y N Y S . C O M | W E B : W W W. M A C H Y N Y S . C O M

Society Packages £30/£35 (w/days, w/e). Book online at www.go.teeitup.com/20051. Tailormade packages are available.

Green Fees £30/£35 (w/days, w/e). Book online at www.go.teeitup.com/20051.

How to get there Machynys Peninsula is just 15 minutes from the M4 motorway. Exit Junction 48 if coming from the east, or 47 if coming from the west.

196

Accommodation Local hotels are available upon request.

Other Facilities Modern clubhouse with bar and restaurant, function rooms, pro shop & golf superstore, free WIFI, changing rooms and lockers, meeting rooms, large car park, putting green and driving range.

ST MELLONS GOLF CLUB S T M E L LO N S | C A R D I F F | C F 3 2 X S St. Mellons Golf Club opened in 1937 and was designed

whilst watching golfers teeing off the first.

by H.S.Colt. arguably the finest golf course architect who ever lived. He designed over 300 courses all over the world. St. Mellons became a Member’s Club in 1964, making

The “Eagle’s Nest Restaurant” is situated above the bar looking down with a view of the putting practice area and first tee. You can enjoy your society meal, business conference,

2014 the 50th year anniversary. St. Mellons is situated in-

lunch, dinner or party. Our main function room “Condor

between Cardiff and Newport with views of the Bristol

Lounge” can host 120 people seated and overlooks the first tee

Channel on the horizon. The Parkland course takes advantage

and our courtyard. Ideal for all events, we cater for weddings,

of the beautiful landscape and provides one of the best tests

christenings and parties.

of golf in South Wales.

At St. Mellons Golf Club we take great pride in flexibility and

“The Eagle Bar” has a friendly atmosphere where you

professional service, allowing our customers to have the most

can relax with a delicious meal and drink. Alternatively, the

enjoyable experience possible. We will deliver on service,

terrace may be your choice to enjoy that afternoon drink

making sure your day runs smoothly.

T E L : 0 1 6 3 3 6 8 0 4 0 8 | E M A I L : A D M I N @ S T M E L LO N S G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. S T M E L LO N S G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages From £35pp.

Green Fees From £25pp.

How to get there From East of Cardiff. Leave the M4 at junction 28 follow the A48 (Castleton/St Mellons) for about 4 miles. Left at the roundabout into Cypress Drive and turn left after 800 yds (by the Heron Marsh Pub) – turn immediate left again and ahead you will see on the right hand side a sign for St Mellons Golf Club. 197

Accommodation None.

Other Facilities Golf Simulator.

THE VALE RESORT H E N S O L PA R K | H E N S O L | VA L E O F G L A M O R G A N | C F 7 2 8 J Y There are few places in Wales that can offer golfing groups

challenging, picturesque and memorable for golfers of all

the range of facilities and some of the most memorable and

abilities, both having staged Sky-televised European Tour events.

inspiring golf holes in the country as comprehensively as the

Add to this a friendly and welcoming clubhouse and

Vale Resort.

changing areas, excellent golf shop, experienced staff and a

Nestled away in over 650 acres of beautiful Welsh

professional service, and you have a recipe for a successful and

Countryside the Resort with its 143-bedroom hotel also

unforgettable golf day.

encompasses two championship golf courses, Wales’ largest

Ideally located just three minutes off junction 34 of the M4,

spa, exceptional sporting facilities and award-winning dining.

45-minute drive from Bristol, 90 minutes from Birmingham and

Established as one of UK’s leading golf destinations, the

only two hours from central London making the Vale Resort one

two championship courses live up to their reputation as being

of the UK’s most desirable golf and leisure destinations.

T E L : H OT E L R E C E P T I O N 0 1 4 4 3 6 6 7 8 0 0 . G O L F C LU B 0 1 4 4 3 6 6 5 8 9 9 E M A I L : : G O L F C LU B @ VA L E - H OT E L . C O M | W E B : W W W.VA L E - H OT E L . C O M

Society Packages Includes coffee & bacon roll on arrival and golf and on course competitions from £25pp. Optional extras include; event management, private dining, light lunch, two or three course meals.

Green Fees From £20pp Lake course, £30pp Wales National course, special offers may be available throughout the year via our website. Lake course available for societies Monday to Friday, Wales National Mon to Sun.

How to get there Leave the M4 at junction 34 and follow the hotel signs (only 3 minutes away).

198

Accommodation On site 143-bedroom 4* hotel.

Other Facilities 16-bay driving range, well stocked pro-shop, putting greens, large fleet of buggies, 143-bedroom hotel, Wales’ largest spa, leisure club, bars & restaurants, multiple conference facilities for up to 700, free car parking.

SCOTLAND

199

CRAIGIELAW GOLF CLUB C R A I G I E L AW | LO N G N I D D R Y | E H 3 2 0 P Y The perfect setting on Scotland’s Golf Coast.

greats such as Muirfield, North Berwick and Gullane. We pride

Situated on Scotland’s Golf Coast and inspired by the great

ourselves in the friendliness or our welcome and efficiency of

links courses of Britain, Craigielaw truly is a golfers’ paradise.

the service we provide. Craigielaw reflects what golf in East

Not only boasting a challenging 18 hole championship golf

Lothian is all about.

course, designed by Donald Steel,the course opened in 2001

Stay in our Lodge and enjoy Scottish hospitality at its best in

and in this short period has been host to many national events,

our comfortable en-suite rooms overlooking the golf course.

including the 2006 Scottish Amateur Strokeplay Championship

Dine in our bar and restaurant which offers the finest locally

and was a qualifying course for the 2007 British Seniors Open

and seasonally produced food alongside an extensive range or

at Muirfield. With challenging greens, cavernous bunkers and

whiskies, wine and beer.

spectacular views over the Firth of Forth, Gullane Hill and out

Located only 30 minutes’ drive from Edinburgh, Scotland’s

towards Edinburgh and Fife, Craigielaw is surrounded by a

Capital, Craigielaw caters to all the discerning golfers needs.

further 22 golf courses. These courses include world-renowned

Why be anywhere else?

T E L : 0 1 8 7 5 8 7 0 8 0 0 | E M A I L : I N F O @ C R A I G I E L AW G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W. C R A I G I E L AW G O L F C LU B . C O M

Golf Packages The Gosford Package FROM £222.50 per person. Price quoted is a weekday price based on two sharing a room. Enjoy a two night stay at The Lodge at Craigielaw on a Dinner B&B basis and play 3 rounds of golf on the courses bordering Gosford bay Craigielaw, Longniddry and Kilspindie. The Links Package From £225.50 per person. Price quoted is a weekday price based on two people sharing a room. Test your links skills on 3 fantastic local courses - Craigielaw, Dunbar & Gullane No.2. Enjoy 2 nights Dinner B&B at the Lodge at Craigielaw

Green Fees Weekdays £59 per round. Weekends £90 per round.

200

How to get there Situated ½ mile West of the village of Aberlady on the A198.

Accommodation Other Facilities On site 25 bedroom 18 hole championship course, 6 hole par 3 golfing lodge. course, grass driving range, restaurant, bar, meeting rooms.

CRAIGMILLAR PARK GOLF CLUB 1 O B S E R VATO R Y R O A D | E D I N B U R G H | E H 9 3 H G With fantastic views down the coast of East Lothian and across

Amateur Order of Merit Event in the Scottish Golf Calendar

the Firth to Fife; where you won’t hear the intrusive sounds

- The Craigmillar Park Open. Previous winners include Lloyd

of traffic and are likely to spot deer, then look no further than

Saltman, Marc Warren, Craig Watson (Walker Cup Captain)

Craigmillar Park Golf Club. A long-established Edinburgh Golf

and Sir Nick Faldo.

Club, inaugurated in 1895, it moved to its present location in 1927, where the original 9 holes were designed by James Braid. In April, each year, we proudly host the first 72- hole

The course measures 5,828 yards, par 70 for men and 5,312 yards, par 72 for Ladies and is a fair and very enjoyable test for any level of golfer.

T E L : 0 1 3 1 6 6 7 0 0 4 7 | E M A I L : M A N A G E R @ C R A I G M I L L A R PA R K . C O . U K W E B : W W W. C R A I G M I L L A R PA R K . C O . U K

Society Packages The Castle: 10 holes Soup & Sandwiches OR Hot Roll & Tea/Coffee £20 Weekdays or £20 Weekends The Observatory: 18 holes Soup & Sandwiches OR Hot Roll & Tea/Coffee £32 weekdays or £42 weekends The Dookit: Tea/Coffee and hot roll 18

holes 2-course meal £42 weekdays or £48 weekends 10% reduction for 16+ golfers Other packages can be tailored to your requirements. Reduced rates are available for packages between November and March - please contact the Club Office.

Green Fees

Summer 18 Holes Weekdays £35 36 holes £50 Sundays after 11am £45 Weekdays after 3:30pm £25, after 5pm £15 Weekends after 3:30pm £30, after 5pm £20 Winter 18 Holes £18, 18 Holes (temporary greens) £12. 201

How to get there Flights from all major London Airports to Edinburgh Airport then a 20 minute drive on A720.

Accommodation Please contact the club for details on local accommodation.

Other Facilities Two practice ranges, practice net. Driving range at Braids Hill GC within 10 minutes drive.

DUNDONALD LINKS AY R R O A D , G A I L E S , AY R S H I R E . K A 1 1 5 B F Dundonald Links was the proud host to one of the European

tees and fairways, no mats and no winter greens.

Tour’s flagship events; The Aberdeen Asset Management Scottish

The service is set to the high standards of its owner, the

Open. Alongside the men’s competition the Aberdeen Asset

world-renowned Loch Lomond Golf Club. The Clubhouse is

Management Ladies Scottish Open was also held at Dundonald

positioned to allow views of the Isle of Arran, and on a nice day

Links in 2017, this is the first time the men’s and ladies’ events have

you can sit on the balcony and watch golfers on several holes.

been held on the same course back to back.

The well-stocked Pro Shop offers the latest golfing equipment

This Kyle Phillips designed modern links is now recognised

and apparel.

as one of Golf’s “must play” destinations. The course is set

Dundonald Links is situated on the West coast of Scotland

up to provide a real test of golf for players of all abilities, with

just 30 minutes from Glasgow Airport. The course offers

generous fairways and beautiful putting surfaces. Its coastal

excellent weekday and weekend availability for visitors all

location allows golf to be played all year around with regular

year round.

T E L : + 4 4 ( 0 ) 1 2 9 4 3 1 4 0 0 0 | E M A I L : R E S E R VAT I O N S @ D U N D O N A L D L I N K S . C O M W E B : W W W. D U N D O N A L D L I N K S . C O M

Golf Days Please contact the club for further details. Food & Beverage for the golfers paying higher rates. Also during winter months unlike many courses you get to play the full course, no mats, full greens, full fairways. (Winter Golf Without Compromise)

Green Fees Jan-Mar & Nov-Dec = £55 April & Oct = £75 May – Sept = £130, after 1pm = £110, after 4pm = £95

How to get there Dundonald Links sits at the heart of Ayrshire’s golf coast and is well connected by air, road and rail. See website for more details.

202

Accommodation Ayrshire has a fantastic range of high quality accommodation, from affordable guest houses and luxury B&Bs to country house hotels and 5 star resorts. See our website for more details.

Other Facilities High quality locker rooms, 330 yard practice range allowing up to 35 golfers to hit from manicured turf. Short game area and putting green. Teaching professionals.

KILSPINDIE GOLF CLUB T H E C LU B H O U S E | A B E R L A D Y | E H 3 2 0 Q D Scotland is a land of hidden gems – and for golfers Kilspindie

deceptive greens; well-defined fairways; a good challenge,

Golf Club is one of the finest, lying hidden among the nature

whatever your handicap! Kilspindie has been host to an

reserve of Aberlady Bay, the quaint village of Aberlady, and the

alternative Ryder Cup, with 12-man teams playing with pre-

teaming waters of the Firth of Forth.

1930’s hickory shafted clubs.

Playing these traditional Scottish links, you may witness sea-

Kilspindie is reputed to be the 35th oldest golf club in the

birds diving for food, migratory geese, and seals sunning on

world, instituted in 1867. The charm of the 114-year-old is

the sand. In the distance, you can see the profile of Edinburgh,

complemented by the warmth of the welcome from the Club’s

its Castle, and the long extinct volcanic cone of Arthur’s Seat.

Secretary/Manager Keith Martin, Golf Pro Graham Sked, Mrs

The course is secreted away from the village via a few hundred

Marion Harkness and her dedicated bar staff, and Paul Kinnoch

yards of private, single-track road.

and his catering staff.

Kilspindie is a favourite of any golfer who has played it: quick,

T E L : 0 1 8 7 5 8 7 0 3 5 8 | E M A I L : B O O K I N G E N Q U I R Y @ K I L S P I N D I E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. K I L S P I N D I E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Special packages for 12 or more golfers.

Green Fees £55 during the week £69 at weekends £85 day pass through the week £95 day pass at weekends.

How to get there Located just of the A1 in the beautiful village of Aberlady 3 miles from Gullane.

203

Accommodation Other Facilities Visit www.golfeastlothian.com Putting Green, Practice area, for further details. Professional Shop, Locker Rooms, Resaturant and Bar Club hire, Caddies, Buggies, Electric and Pull trolleys Over 70 different malt whiskies in our bar to choose from.

FAIRMONT ST ANDREWS HOTEL & RESORT FA I R M O N T S T A N D R E W S | S T A N D R E W S | F I F E | K Y 1 6 8 P N Set on a 520 acre estate with a unique coastal setting, Fairmont

golf facilities enhance the resort offerings with two world class

St Andrews encompasses the finest in local culture with luxury

golf courses; The Torrance and The Kittocks. The resort boasts

and elegance. The resort has recently updated their public

an all-grass driving range with a putting and short game practice

areas with a rich colour scheme and nautical elements that

area and to top off your round, buggies are available for hire

reflect the surrounding landscape including a lighting installation

with golf club storage in abundance. The courses are well known

by renowned artist George Singer. The resort has a plethora

as relatively challenging with stunning coastal views. With an

of facilities, diverse yet luxurious eating facilities including St

indulgent Fairmont Spa comprising of a lush 16 metre pool, an

Andrews Bar & Grill serving the finest in local Scottish steak and

array of hydrotherapy experiences, fully equipped gymnasium

seafood with stunning views over the medieval St Andrews, and

and ten individual treatment rooms ensure that your experience

La Cucina serving traditional Italian & Mediterranean greats. The

is truly memorable.

T E L : 0 1 3 3 4 8 3 7 0 2 3 | E M A I L : S A B . G O L F. D L@ FA I R M O N T. C O M W E B : W W W. S TA N D R E W S B AY. C O M / G O L F

Society Packages Society & Corporate packages (12 people and above) Kittocks - From £49.00pp Torrance – From £49.00pp Complete with golfers breakfast & 18 holes Catering packages can be added to suit.

Green Fees From £70 per round during peak season. From £50pp per round off season.

How to get there Approx. 2m from the historic town of St Andrews on A917 towards Crail.

204

Accommodation On site hotel featuring 220 rooms, including suites & manor home accommodation.

Other Facilities Six restaurants, bars, club house, sports bar, spa facilities, swimming pool, modern gym, bike hire, driving range, cinema, conference centre, free parking.

205

LONGNIDDRY GOLF CLUB L I N K S R O A D | LO N G N I D D R Y | E A S T LOT H I A N | E H 3 2 O N L Longniddry is located on the south shore of the Firth of Forth

additional function rooms provide the perfect space for larger

at the start to what is arguably the finest stretch of golfing

groups to enjoy celebrations and our extensive menu options.

coastline in the world which is why it’s called Scotland’s Golf

The well-stocked Pro Shop caters for all needs and players

Coast. This Harry S Colt design offers a traditional test of golf

also have access to a practice putting green and driving nets, a

over its unique combination of links and woodland, many holes

practice short game area with target flags and practice bunkers.

having spectacular views to the Edinburgh city centre, beyond

The course occupies a modest 106 acres and measures

to the Forth Bridges and across the Firth of Forth to Fife.

6,230 yards, with no par 5s but with eight par 4s measuring

On arrival you will be welcomed into our friendly clubhouse,

over 400 yards, the par 68 presents a good test of golf. Being

perfectly equipped with a well-stocked bar, outside terrace with

so close to the sea, the course drains very well and is an ideal

views across the course, comfortable changing facilities and

venue to hold a truly memorable society or corporate golf day.

T E L : 0 1 8 7 5 8 5 2 1 4 1 | E M A I L : S E C R E TA R Y @ LO N G N I D D R Y G O L F C LU B . C O . U K W E B : W W W. LO N G N I D D R Y G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages 18 & 36 hole packages available with breakfast, lunch and evening dining options, freshly prepared by our on-site chef. Winter season November to March Packages start from £25pp. Summer season April to October Packages start from £50pp. We are always happy to discuss tailored requirements to suit individual requirements.

Green Fees Book online for our best rates www. longniddrygolfclub.co.uk or call 01875 852141.

How to get there Just a 15 minute train ride from the centre of Edinburgh, Longniddry railway station is five minutes by taxi. By car, turn off the A1 onto the A198 and turn into Links Road at the Longniddry Inn in the village. Ample free parking on-site. 206

Accommodation The Club can recommend a wide range of accommodation in East Lothian or Edinburgh City Centre.

Other Facilities 18-hole course, traditional clubhouse, lounge, spike bar, outside terrace, dining room, pro shop, free WIFI, changing rooms and showers, meeting room, large car park, large putting green and practice nets/ground.

TORWOODLEE GOLF CLUB E D I N B U R G H R O A D | G A L A S H I E L S | S C OT T I S H B O R D E R S | T D 1 2 N E Torwoodlee Golf Club welcomes visitors from around the world

awarded the most visited/friendly club in Borders Freedom of

to sample our majestic course and experience the warmest of

the Fairway scheme many times over the last 2 decades.

Scottish Borders hospitality.

Over 100 years old, our club is steeped in history and the

Our 18 hole course is a stunning picturesque rolling parkland

course is one of the most challenging and respected golf

paradise just outside Galashiels in the beautiful Scottish Borders

courses in the South of Scotland. With a gents yardage of 6,021

countryside. The course is set in a valley amongst mature trees,

yards Par 69 SSS 70 and ladies yardage of 5,366 yds par 72 sss

flanked by the River Gala and is divided by the new Borders

71 its a must for all levels of golfer offering many challenging

Railway line which opens in September 2015.

holes that will not be forgotten.

Players are rewarded during their round with majestic scenery and are surrounded by amazing wildlife. We are one

Torwoodlee is a must play on any golfing itinerary and we cater for all levels of golfer and all sizes of parties.

of the premier clubs in the Scottish Borders and have been

T E L : 0 1 8 9 6 7 5 2 2 6 0 | E M A I L : TO R W O O D L E E G O L F C LU B @ TO R W O O D L E E G O L F C LU B . C O M W E B : W W W.TO R W O O D L E E G O L F C LU B . C O . U K

Society Packages Bronze Package: £36pp Silver Package: £42pp Gold Package: £50pp Contact the club for further details.

Green Fees April to October 2018. Round £32. Day Ticket £42.

How to get there Located 2 Miles north of Galashiels on the A7 we are situated in the centre of the borders and are only an hours drive away from Scotlands Capital Edinburgh.

207

Accommodation The closest place to stay is the Morven Guest House in Galashiels which is only 2.3 miles away from the golf course. Other accommodation available on request – contact the club for details.

Other Facilities A fleet OF 10 EZ-GO Electric Buggies available for £20 per round.

208

our new mauritius resort! c palmar by constance exclusive golf partners with chaka travel

From

12 nights all inclusive in paradise!

ÂŁ1,995 pp (summer 2018) ÂŁ2,595 pp (winter 2017/2018)

all inclusive | flights | private transfers free daily golf on the links & legend courses | free golf buggies!

chaka travel are the exclusive golf partners for the amazing new resort

our sales specialists will be happy to talk you through getting the most from your holiday

www.chakatravel.com enquiries@chakatravel.com

Contact

call our specialists

028 9023 2112

PUBLISHED BY

THE UK â&#x20AC;&#x2122; S NO. 1 QUALIT Y GOLF NEWSPAPER EST 1994

WEB: GOLFNEWS.CO.UK T WIT TER: @GOLFNEWSMAG EMAIL: GUIDE@GOLFNEWS .CO.UK G U I D E W E B S I T E : G O L F D AY G U I D E . C O M